![Graphics]()

# Annual Report

2023

Annual Report 2023

![Graphics]()

### Directors and Advisers

Independent Auditor

RSM UK Audit LLP

25 Farringdon Street

London

EC4A 4AB

Financial Advisor and

Stockbroker

Canaccord Genuity Limited

88 Wood Street

London

EC2V 7QR

Financial Public Relations

Alma PR

71-73 Carter Lane

London

EC4V 5EQ

Registrars

Link Group

10th Floor

Central Square

29 Wellington Street

Leeds

LS1 4DL

Registered Office

8th Floor, 138 Cheapside

London

EC2V 6BJ

#### Ivan Martin

Non-Executive Chairman / Chair of Nomination Committee

Ivan Martin was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2016 and assumed the role of Non-Executive Chairman on 4 March

2016.  Ivan  is  also  Non-Executive  Chairman  of  TelcoSwitch,  a  privately  owned  provider  of  Unified  Communications

Software as a Service. Until April 2021, Ivan was also Non-Executive Chairman of Xceptor, a London-based international

software business which was sold by CBPE Capital to Astorg Partners. Ivan has held a number of significant Executive and

Non-Executive positions in both the Technology and Financial Services sectors. He was Chief Executive Officer of Misys

Banking and Capital Markets and a main board member of Misys plc. He was also Chairman of FDM Group from 2006 to

2019, during which time he oversaw the growth and evolution of this company from an AIM listing to a FTSE 250 member

valued at over £1 billion. Ivan is a member of various Wulstan Capital LLPs and Parch Three Estates LLP, being commercial

property investment vehicles.

#### Alex Curran

Chief Executive Officer

Alex Curran was appointed to the Aptitude Software Board as Acting CEO on 12 July 2023 and subsequently appointed as

CEO on 30 November 2023. Alex joined Aptitude Software in 2008 and she has held several senior roles within the Group,

including leading the North American business since July 2019. Alex was appointed non-executive director of Checkit plc

on 9 January 2023.

#### Mike Johns

Chief Financial Officer

Mike  Johns  joined  the  Group  in  September  2017  as  Group  Financial  Controller.  A Chartered Accountant, Mike has

previously held senior financial positions within the Group, including Finance Director for the Group’s business outside of

North America, before being appointed Chief Financial Officer on 17 May 2023.

#### Barbara Moorhouse

Non-Executive Director / Senior Independent Director / Chair of Remuneration Committee

Barbara Moorhouse was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 1 April 2017 and on 14 March 2022 she was appointed

as  Senior  Independent  Director and  Chair  of the  Remuneration  Committee.  Prior  to  this,  she  was  Chair  of  the  Audit

Committee. Barbara has extensive senior experience in operating and financial roles across the public and private sectors.

Her most recent executive roles were as Chief Operating Officer at Westminster City Council, and Director General at the

Ministry of Justice and Department for Transport. Earlier in her career, she was Chief Financial Officer at two international

listed software companies – Kewill Systems plc and Scala Business Solutions NV. Until 31 May 2022 Barbara was also chair

of  the  Rail  Safety  and  Standards  Board.  Barbara  is  currently also  independent  Chair  of  Agility  Trains, a  Non-Executive

Director of Balfour Beatty plc, and a Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Quality and Safety Committee of Dŵr Cymru/

Welsh Water.

#### Sara Dickinson

Non-Executive Director / Chair of Audit Committee

Sara Dickinson was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 1 October 2021 and took on the role of Chair of the Audit

Committee on 16 March 2022. Sara was appointed as Chief Financial Officer of the British Standards Institute on 24 January

2022. Prior to this, Sara was Senior Vice President of Finance at Expedia Group, and previously the Chief Finance Officer of

Expedia Partner Solutions, the global B2B technology solutions division within Expedia. Sara has over 25 years of financial

experience, as well as significant knowledge of digital finance processes and finance transformation. Until August 2021,

Sara was a Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Finance Committee of A2Dominion, a residential property group with

a debt listing on the London Stock Exchange. Sara’s other past experience includes Commercial Finance Director at Costa

Coffee, Group Financial Controller for Sage Group plc and Vice President and European Chief Financial Officer of ebookers.

#### Alex Campbell

Company Secretary

Alex  Campbell  was  appointed  as  Company  Secretary  on  8  June  2023.  He  is  a  member  of  the  Chartered  Governance

Institute and has significant experience in supporting UK listed companies with fulfilling their corporate governance and

statutory compliance obligations.

![Graphics]()

### Contents

1

Contents

#### Strategic report

2  Key Operational and Financial Highlights

5  Chairman’s Statement

6  Chief Executive Officer’s Report

11  Group Financial Performance

13  Non-Financial and Sustainability Information Statement

14  Responsible Business Report

20  Engagement with the Group’s Stakeholders (Section 172 Statement)

23  Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) Report

27  Principal Risks

#### Governance

31  Corporate Governance Statement

40  Directors’ Remuneration Statement

45  Directors’ Remuneration Report

61  Directors’ Report

#### Financial statements

69  Independent Auditor’s Report

78  Consolidated Income Statement

79  Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

80  Balance Sheets

81  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

82  Company Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

83  Statements of Cash Flow

84  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

#### Supplementary information

133  Shareholder Information

About Aptitude Software

Aptitude Software provides software solutions that deliver fully autonomous finance to enable its clients to drive growth, efficiency and sustainability. Fynapse is Aptitude’s

intelligent finance data management and accounting platform designed to increase productivity and lower costs for finance teams globally. Fynapse provides a single view

of finance and business data, unparalleled performance and automation, faster and better insights, user-friendly functionality and market-leading total cost of ownership.

![Graphics]()

### Key Operational and Financial Highlights

2

Key  Operational  and  Financial

Highlights

Financial Highlights

Year ended 31 December 2023 2022 % Change

ARR

Annual Recurring Revenue

1, 2

(‘ARR’) at year end £51.1m £50.2m

2

2%

Revenue

Total Revenue £74.7m £74.4m -

– Recurring Revenue

3

£53.4m £50.5m 6%

– Non-Recurring Revenue £21.3m £23.9m (11%)

Profit and EPS

Adjusted Operating Profit

4

£9.7m £7.5m 29%

Statutory Operating Profit £5.3m £3.7m 43%

Adjusted Operating Margin

4

13% 10% 3%

Basic Earnings per Share 7.2p 4.5p 60%

Cash and Balance Sheet

Cash and cash equivalents at year end £34.1m £29.2m 17%

Net funds

5

£22.7m £15.9m 43%

Final Ordinary Dividend per Share 3.6p 3.6p -

Full Year Ordinary Dividend per Share 5.4p 5.4p -

•  Adjusted Operating Profit grew by 29% to £9.7m (2022: £7.5m).

•  Year on year constant currency growth in ARR of 2% with headline growth rates moderated by continuing churn in Subscription,

Billing and Revenue Management.

•  Despite a reduction in non-recurring revenue of £2.6m (11%), total revenue remained steady at £74.7m, an increase of £0.3m

from the prior year as a result of the increase in higher quality, recurring revenue.

•  Recurring Revenue, the strategic priority of the Group, grew 6% to £53.4 million (2022: £50.5 million), representing 71% of

total revenue (2022: 68%).

•  Continued balance  sheet strength,  with  cash  of  £34.1m  (2022:  £29.2m) and  Net Funds

5

of  £22.7m (2022:  £15.9m). Cash

conversion  remains  a  key  strength  and  is  improving  with  the  increase  in  recurring  revenue  and  an  improving  operating

margin.

•  As announced separately today, the Board has approved a share buyback programme of up to £20m over three years as part

of a programme of enhanced returns. The Group’s robust balance sheet provides the opportunity to take advantage of the

prevailing market conditions to repurchase shares at advantageous levels, while maintaining the necessary investment to

support the organic growth of the business.

•  Maintained full year dividend of 5.4p per share.

Strategic Progress:

•  Appointment of new executive team, with both CEO and CFO roles filled by internal candidates who have tenure with the

organisation and strong operational and market experience.

•  Executive team appointed to ensure Aptitude can complete the shift from a business set up to sell regulatory compliance

software to an organisation delivering an intelligent finance data management and accounting platform.

•  This  shift  is  required  to  execute  against  the  significant  global  opportunity  for  the  Fynapse  platform  supported  by  our

strategic partnerships who  recognise  how Aptitude is  uniquely  positioned to help  them capitalise on  the  AI autonomous

finance opportunity. The acceleration of our partner strategy is already delivering results, with increased partner pipeline

and marketing activity. Upon appointment, the CEO completed an organisational review, which has concluded the need for

organisational realignment to support the opportunity with Fynapse and partners.

•  The following is being implemented to support this:

•  Strategic refocus and linked objectives aligning the entire organisation to execute on the Fynapse opportunity, mitigating

client churn and scaling through partners.

•  Alignment of product and technology with the recent appointment of a Chief Product and Technology Officer.

![Graphics]()

3

•  Implementation of a global and Fynapse partner led go-to-market team.

•  Robust churn mitigation solutions being implemented across the Group.

•  Refocus of the partner programme to build stronger and deeper relationships with a smaller number of critical partners

to drive velocity of deals.

•  Performance  management  reframed  around  objectives  and  key  results  (‘OKRs’)  supporting  the  Group’s  refreshed

Fynapse and partner led strategy.

The Fynapse Opportunity:

•  Fynapse provides clients with a differentiated offering enabling CFO’s to move from closing the books to supporting their full

Autonomous Finance vision and subsequent elevation to strategic advisor of the business.

•  Fynapse provides organisations with the ability to support this transformation rapidly (months vs. years) and cost effectively

when compared to other vendors in the market.

•  Fynapse provides Aptitude with an expanded go-to-market opportunity via the ability to continue to serve the Tier 1 market

as well as Tier 2 and 3 and additional sector types.

•  Fynapse also significantly expands the opportunity with partners as it delivers immediate value to their clients, which opens

up multiple channel types, and therefore will drive an increased velocity of deals for the Group.

•  Importantly,  Fynapse  provides  a  cutting-edge  technology  foundation  that  is  designed  for  AI  and  designed  to  hold  vast

quantities of information to support the insights of the CFO

•  Underpinning our confidence in long-term growth is the traction Fynapse continues to gain in the market, represented by

pipeline progression and  the acceleration, and commitment by key partners to jointly go-to-market on their vision for AI

Autonomous Finance. As an example, Aptitude and Microsoft continue to build on the existing relationship. Alongside its

recently launched Copilot for Finance, Fynapse has been identified as a key component to Microsoft’s AI and Autonomous

Finance ERP strategy, enabling a single view of business and finance data with high processing speeds, supporting Copilot for

Finance. This is expected to support the momentum of our strategy.

Business Highlights in 2023:

•  New business success for our market leading Autonomous Finance platform, Fynapse to a first new logo client for a multi-year

subscription agreement, complementing the existing Telco charter client.

•  Multi-year renewal for Subscription Management offering, eSuite providing complementary revenue stream and cross sale

potential.

•  Continued new customer momentum with other Compliance and Finance Transformation offerings, including a multi-year

agreement to provide the Aptitude Insurance Calculation Engine to a UK government agency.

•  A material new multi-year agreement with an existing global Financial Services client to take Aptitude Assure, the Group’s

recurring managed services solution.

Outlook:

•  Fynapse increases Aptitude’s go-to-market opportunity but selling a broader platform offering like Fynapse needs alternative

skills and business expertise.

•  The organisational realignment is expected to be completed across 2024 to ensure the business is fully ready to capitalise on

the market opportunity with Fynapse, supported by a more focused partner community.

•  We have seen macroeconomic conditions continue to impact churn and investment decisions, resulting in lengthening sales

cycles. However, with Fynapse we expect to see this change over time. By expanding our go-to-market approach to include

tier 1, 2 and 3 organisations and enhancing our partner channels, this will lead to shorter sales cycles and a stronger flow of

business going forward.

•  These trends will moderate headline revenue this year and profitability is now expected to be in line with 2023 performance,

before returning to more normalised growth in 2025 and beyond.

•  Underpinning our confidence in long-term growth is the traction Fynapse continues to gain in the market, represented by

pipeline progression and the acceleration, and commitment by key partners, to jointly go-to-market, on their vision for AI

Autonomous Finance.

![Graphics]()

### Key Operational and Financial Highlights

4

•  The growth in higher quality, recurring revenues through Fynapse with its cloud native capabilities is also expected over the

medium term to generate a progressive margin benefit for the Group.

•  As announced separately today, the Group will be conducting a buyback programme of £20 million over a three-year period.

The Group’s target of incremental profitable growth is expected to drive higher returns for investors in line with the expected

growth of Fynapse. The Board view the buyback programme as providing an enhanced capital return to shareholders.

•  The expected growth through the combination of the opportunity with Fynapse, its partners, and existing clients, coupled

with carefully controlled investment is expected to generate improved returns for shareholders over the coming years.

Throughout this section:

1   Annual Recurring Revenue (‘ARR’) is the value of Aptitude’s recurring revenue at a specific point in time, normalised to a one-year period. ARR includes recurring revenues contracted

but yet to commence and excludes recurring revenues which are currently being received but are known to be terminating in the future. Included in ARR are recurring revenues from

the Group’s solution management services.

2   Constant Currency is calculated by comparing the 2023 results with 2022 results retranslated at the rates of exchange prevailing during 2023.

3   Recurring Revenue includes revenues from the Group’s solution management services.

4   Adjusted Operating Profit and Adjusted Operating Margin exclude non-underlying operating items, unless stated to the contrary. Further detail in respect of the non-underlying

operating items can be found within Note 2.

5   Net Funds represents cash and cash equivalents less finance obligations, which includes capital lease obligations and a loan.

Certain non-IFRS financial measures (e.g. Adjusted Operating Profit) are included which assist management in comparing performance on a consistent basis.

![Graphics]()

### Chairman’s Statement

5

Chairman’s Statement

#### Overview

2023 marked the transition to a new management team for Aptitude, with Alex Curran, Chief Executive Officer, and Mike Johns,

Chief  Financial  Officer,  both  appointed  in  the  year.  Alex  and  Mike  were  both  internal  candidates,  who  have  tenure  with  the

business  and  strong  operational  and  market  experience  to  support  the  business  effectively.  Their  appointments  reflect  the

strength of Aptitude’s talent management and succession planning.

The team have acted swiftly since their appointments, realigning the Group’s strategy toward the Fynapse opportunity and key

strategic partnerships, refreshing the Senior Leadership Team and flattening and globalising the Group’s organisational structure.

The Fynapse platform enables clients to create a truly autonomous finance function, through the provision of a centralised finance

data cloud and a rich data foundation for the use of market leading AI tooling, and it is supported by modern engines that offer

accounting, subledger and calculation capabilities.

Fynapse will enable Aptitude to move from regulatory and compliance to a platform organisation.

Highlights in 2023 include:

•  The first, post charter client sale of Fynapse to a first new logo client with a multi-year subscription agreement

•  Meeting key market readiness for our Microsoft partnership with integration to Dynamics 365 and enablement on the Azure

cloud platform.

•  The go-live of the US telco charter client on Fynapse, providing the organisation with powerful insights, processing power and

significant cost efficiencies.

The  new  Senior  Leadership  Team  will  drive  an  increase  in  momentum  which  is  reflected  in  a  growing  pipeline  of  Fynapse

opportunities and strategic alignment with partners on their vision for Autonomous Finance. This pipeline is further supported by

our partner community which provides confidence in the success of the platform over the coming years.

To execute on its strategy and key objectives Aptitude relies on the strength of its people, and I would like to thank our global

team for their hard work and dedication during a period of significant change for the Group. The Board is committed to enabling

a high-performance culture across Aptitude and supporting the further development of talent in the organisation.

#### Dividend and Share Buyback

The Board has proposed an unchanged final dividend of 3.60 pence per share (2022: 3.60 pence), making a total ordinary dividend

of 5.40 pence per share for the year (2022: 5.40 pence). Subject to shareholder approval at the Group’s Annual General Meeting

on 14 May 2024, the proposed final dividend will be paid on 14 June 2024 to shareholders on the register at 24 May 2024.

As announced separately today Aptitude has commenced an on-market share buyback programme of up to £20m over three years

in line with the newly adopted capital allocation policy . The buyback programme is in accordance with the Group’s authority to

make market purchases of its own Ordinary Shares granted to it by shareholders on 17 May 2023.

#### Outlook

We believe the Group is well positioned to capitalise on the Fynapse opportunity. Fynapse’s speed of implementation, lower total

cost of ownership and flexibility compared with larger ERP products provide a strong foundation for the acceleration of recurring

revenue growth and a quicker benefit for our clients.

The strategic partnerships supporting Fynapse also provide Aptitude with the ability to sell through multiple channels to multiple

sectors, which in turn will drive a greater velocity of deals.

Additionally, the Group continues to carefully manage its other products against the macro-economic environment as increased

levels  of  churn  continue  to  impact  the  Groups  portfolio  of  products.  This  combined  with  the  reduction  in  implementation

services revenues and lengthening of sales cycles will result in lower overall revenues in 2024. Profitability will be in line with the

performance in 2023 before returning to growth in 2025 and beyond.

Ivan Martin

Chairman

20 March 2024

![Graphics]()

### Chief Executive Officer’s Report

6

Chief Executive Officer’s Report

#### Strategic Focus and Organisational Progress

2023 represented a year of realignment for Aptitude and a refocus of the Group’s core strategic aims with Fynapse and strategic

partners. Underlying Aptitude’s historic success is the Group’s strength in accounting hub and compliance solutions, which provide

the organisation  with  the knowledge,  skills, experience and  credibility of  delivering  for the  office of  the  CFO. This  experience

based on our heritage provides the base for the exciting opportunity ahead with Fynapse, the Group’s intelligent finance data

management and accounting platform.

The AI Autonomous Finance opportunity

In the second half of 2023, the Board and Senior Leadership Team conducted a review of the business, which concluded that a

realignment and refocus of the organisation around the Fynapse and partner opportunity was required. This reflects the transition

away from selling compliance and regulatory software to being a platform organisation and being able to take advantage of the

significant AI Autonomous Finance market which Fynapse underpins. To support this transition, we have implemented a global

approach to go-to-market designed to drive momentum.

Fynapse underpins AI Autonomous Finance which is a self-learning and self-improving finance function, powered by interoperable

AI  and  cloud  technologies.  Autonomous  Finance  is  a  partner  to  the  finance  professional,  advising  on  logical  next  steps  and

recommendations  based  on  real  data  and  trends  in  their  organisation.  Autonomous  Finance  frees  finance  from  repetition,

transforming the CFO office into a strategic and business enabler.

Investment levels have been maintained for eSuite, the Group’s subscription management solution. eSuite provides a mid-term

growth opportunity for the Group, including supplementing the opportunity presented by Fynapse through cross-sell activity and

the ability to support complex subscription accounting.

Investment levels across the Group’s compliance products have been managed to support the Group’s existing client base, with a

priority placed on client retention and a firm emphasis on the migration to Fynapse.

Organisational realignment to provide ability to realise the opportunity with Fynapse

To support the opportunity with Fynapse and partners, a new and refreshed Senior Leadership Team and associated flattened

organisational structure has  been implemented across  the Group. The  new leadership structure  includes specific  accountable

individuals for Product and Technology, Growth, and Client Experience globally. This structure will enable a clear focus on growth,

client acquisition and help support to improved long-term retention across the regions the Group operates in. The Group’s Product

and Technology functions have also been recently combined supporting an end-to-end design and engineering approach.

Following the launch of the new strategy, the Group adopted a new set of organisational objectives and key results (‘OKRs’), which

are regularly monitored by the Board and SLT, and provide the clarity required to support organisational progress. The Group’s

primary objectives over the coming years will be to deliver the Fynapse growth opportunity, work towards reducing client churn

and scale the organisation through the strength of our key strategic partnerships.

#### Key Strategic Partners

Partnerships are the key foundation to Aptitude’s scalable growth, and it is a key priority for the Group to increase the proportion

of Annual Recurring Revenue (‘ARR’) generated through a more concentrated group of partners. Included within this group is a

big-4 accountancy firm, which has developed a managed service offering in partnership with Aptitude and Microsoft.

The opportunity for Fynapse is further expanded by the partnership with Microsoft. This partnership is expected to be an accelerator

of growth going forward and allows both Aptitude and Microsoft to present an end-to-end solution to prospects, providing a wider

opportunity for Fynapse. Fynapse is the only platform selected by Microsoft which provides subledger functionality to support

Dynamics 365. Aptitude has worked with Microsoft to roll out Fynapse sales training to Microsoft’s sales representatives. Microsoft

and Aptitude’s Autonomous Finance visions are complementary, and the AI functionality available in Microsoft’s platforms further

enable Fynapse’s capabilities and market opportunity for both organisations.

![Graphics]()

7

Transitioning SaaS business model with enhanced profitability

The Group continues to target an acceleration in the growth of Annual Recurring Revenue (‘ARR’) driving an increase in recurring

revenues which currently represent 71% (2022: 68%) of overall revenue. The growth through Fynapse, both direct and through

partners, will generate higher quality recurring revenues as a result of the cloud native nature of the platform. The increase in

higher quality revenues is expected to generate an overall margin benefit to the Group, increased profitability and improved cash

conversion.

Software-as-a-Service (‘SaaS’) ARR now accounts for 46% (2022: 44%) of the Group’s total ARR. Fynapse, with its cloud native

capabilities is expected to enable higher margins to be achieved compared to the Group’s existing SaaS deployed products. The

transition to SaaS and improved quality of revenues will be a continuing process over the coming years and ultimately deliver a

stronger business.

Current spend on research and development is 24% of revenue (2022: 23%). The Group expenses all research and development

through the P&L as incurred, including the entire development of Fynapse.

The  combination  of  growth  in  higher  margin  recurring  revenues,  the  refocus  of  the  Group’s  go-to-market  approach  through

strategic partnerships with  Microsoft  and others,  as  well as a  controlled and efficient  overhead base will  drive  the increasing

profitability of the Group over the coming years.

#### Products and Services

The Group benefits from its experience of supporting the office of the CFO. The Group has aligned the product set around the

Fynapse  growth  opportunity  and  will  support  Aptitude’s  shift  from  selling  compliance  and  regulatory  software  to  a  platform

organisation underpinned by Fynapse.

#### AI Autonomous Finance and Finance Transformation

AI Autonomous Finance and finance transformation includes both the Fynapse platform and the Aptitude Accounting Hub (‘AAH’).

Aptitude’s vision for Autonomous Finance is of a self-learning, and self-improving, finance function, where tasks are optimized and

intelligent, systems are efficient and interoperable, and an enterprise-wide data platform supports real-time insights, enabling

finance to be a strategic and trusted advisor to the business.

Fynapse, the Group’s intelligent finance data management and accounting platform delivers on Autonomous Finance, with a cloud

native, highly performant and modular solution that not only serves operational and regulatory accounting requirements, but

also delivers a granular data fabric upon the extendable Fynapse data cloud. Fynapse provides the rich foundation for AI tooling,

enabling Aptitude’s clients to realise the efficiencies that may be achieved from emerging AI technologies and the Autonomous

Finance function.

The Fynapse platform enables the expansion of the go-to-market opportunity for Aptitude moving from compliance and regulations

to finance transformation and enabling organisations to create a truly autonomous finance function. It also provides organisations

and strategic partners with a differentiated alternative to the ERP vendors through its market leading support of AI for finance,

rapid implementation timelines, high volume processing and cutting-edge technology that supports real-time streaming.

Along with the overall Fynapse platform, the Group has initially developed the accounting rules and subledger engines which build

upon the successful AAH product and its significant pedigree to centralise, automate and manage operational, management and

regulatory accounting and posting into an extendable enterprise subledger.

Fynapse has a low total cost of ownership, with rapid implementation cycles, which make the platform commercially attractive to

a wide range of organisations varying in size and sector.

The Group continues strategic investment in Fynapse, with an increasing proportion of overall research and development spend

directed toward the platform. The overall cost of our investment in Fynapse increased in 2023 to £6.1 million (2022: £4.9 million)

all of which is  expensed.  The platform nature of  Fynapse  provides options for  the  Group in the mid-term,  either  through  the

development of new engines with additional functionality, or through strategic acquisitions of supporting functionality.

The Group’s strategic focus is the successful execution against the Fynapse opportunity through partnerships, direct sales, and

conversions from the existing client base.

The  Group  signed  a  strategic  partnership  with  Microsoft  in  December  2022  to  deeply  integrate  the  Fynapse  platform  with

Microsoft Dynamics 365 and operate on the Microsoft Azure cloud platform, which has been completed in 2023. The partnership

allows both Aptitude and Microsoft to present a combined end-to-end solution to prospects, increasing competitiveness against

vendors providing single stack functionality, as well as strengthening Microsoft’s competitive position. The Group’s vision for Al

![Graphics]()

### Chief Executive Officer’s Report

8

Autonomous Finance is complementary with Microsoft’s investments in AI across its offerings and will further benefit the Fynapse

platform and Aptitude’s clients.

The Group’s charter client was an existing AAH user, and a significant opportunity exists in migrating the Group’s current AAH

clients to Fynapse, presenting both an upsell opportunity as well as a retention tool. Fynapse will also allow a simplified cross-sell

opportunity as additional engine functionality is developed on the platform.

The first new logo direct sale of Fynapse was achieved in 2023 with the sale achieved in a new market for Aptitude, demonstrating

the breadth  of  the  opportunity  with  the  platform.  The  Group  looks  ahead to  2024  with growing  pipeline  momentum  and  an

increasingly referenceable offering to prospects.

AAH is the Group’s established product which centralises and automates finance, accounting and reporting processes, creating a

deep level of operational intelligence for our clients. It also delivers a consolidated, yet highly granular, single view of financial data

which enhances business insights to assist decision making.

#### Subscription Management

eSuite, Aptitude’s subscription  management tool, is  a modular, cloud  based  end-to-end SaaS  solution  for large,  international,

enterprise customers. The application is targeted towards the subscription economy and provides identity management, CRM,

automated  billing,  payment  processing,  and  churn  management  capabilities,  enabling  businesses  to  acquire,  monetise  and

optimise customers subscriptions.

While macroeconomic conditions have had a short-term effect on the predominantly media and publishing dominated eSuite

client base, the Group is confident in the mid-term growth opportunity for eSuite. As a result, investment levels in eSuite have

been maintained to further strengthen functionality, minimise churn and position the product well as macroeconomic conditions

improve. The Group will take a targeted go-to-market approach, prioritising the key media and publishing sectors in line with

eSuite’s strengths.

#### Compliance Suite

The compliance suite includes the Aptitude Insurance Calculation Engine (“AICE”), Aptitude RevStream (“AREV”), the Aptitude

Revenue Recognition Engine (“ARRE”), the Aptitude Lease Accounting Engine (“ALAE”), Aptitude Calculate (“AC”) and the Aptitude

Platform (“APT”).

The Group has achieved significant historical success with its suite of compliance products. The products have generated a sizeable

amount of Annual Recurring Revenue and demonstrated Aptitude’s strength and credibility in serving the office of the CFO.

Aptitude’s target for the compliance suite is in maintaining client satisfaction, minimising client churn and cross-selling Fynapse.

The Group will take an opportunistic go-to-market approach and establish investment at appropriate levels to underpin client

satisfaction.

#### Assure and Implementation Services

Aptitude Assure is a solution management services offering resourced from Aptitude’s innovation centre in Poland. This service

extends the responsibilities  of Aptitude beyond traditional software maintenance services to include those that have typically

been performed by the clients’ own teams. Beyond extended solution support, Assure includes release management, processing

support, client enablement, and solution optimisation through the monitoring of system performance, solution health checks,

and office hours for expert advisory. Clients with Assure allow the Group to support client adoption of new product features as

offerings evolve and will be of particular importance to Fynapse clients as the product further evolves in future. Assure services are

higher margin than traditional implementation services, recurring, and are provided at a lower cost of ownership for the Group’s

clients.

Aptitude also  provides  implementation services  to  its clients,  with  the scale  of  such  services  depending  on  the  nature  of  the

application, the size of the opportunity and the balance of responsibilities between Aptitude and its partners. The Group’s services

are provided by a significant pool of highly skilled individuals, providing deep domain, technical and functional expertise which is

highly valued by our clients and provide a differentiator compared to our competitors.

The business continues to expand the enablement of its partner network to facilitate their ability to implement Aptitude’s product

suite reliably and efficiently. While it is expected that this enablement will lead to a greater proportion of services being provided

by  partners,  it  will  also  increase  the  velocity  of  software  through  those  partnerships.  The  Group  is  committed  to  retaining  a

high-quality delivery capability in line with client demand to support its clients and partners.

![Graphics]()

9

#### Growth and Client Success

The foundation of Aptitude’s strategy for growth is the Fynapse platform. Fynapse presents by far the largest addressable market

for all of the Group’s products, and as such the Group is restructuring and refocusing its go-to-market and product investment in

delivering on this opportunity.

The Group has recently appointed a Chief Revenue Officer to drive a consistent global approach to growth, including expanding

Aptitude’s successful approach with partners in the US out to other regions. The Group has also adopted a focused go-to-market

approach centred on a select number of regions, sectors, and partners in line with the opportunity in those areas.

Also fundamental to Aptitude’s growth is the retention of our client base. Gross ARR churn for 2023 was 10% (2022: 7%), with

the higher than usual rate affected by the macroeconomic environment, which impacted the Group’s predominantly Technology,

Media and Telecoms client base in eSuite, AREV and ARRE disproportionately. Mitigation of the gross churn rate is a critical priority

in 2024, and the Group has implemented several initiatives, including the acceleration of investment in key product functionality

and the enhancement of a data led client health process to assist in churn that has continued.

The Group has also appointed a Chief Client Experience Officer, with ownership of all key touchpoints for a client during their life

with Aptitude. The appointment of this end-to-end and globalised role increases organisational visibility and speed in addressing

client needs and concerns.

#### People and Locations

Aptitude has office locations across the UK, US, Poland, Singapore, Australia and Canada, and the Group’s two technology centres

are based in Poland and the north-west of England. The Group’s presence in Poland continues to generate cost advantages for

Aptitude. The  Group  has  recently  appointed a  Chief  Product  and  Technology Officer  to  provide  end-to-end  accountability  for

the design and build of Aptitude’s products and enhance collaboration across the Product and Technology teams based across

multiple regions.

Aptitude targets a high-performance culture, where individuals can achieve their potential in support of the Group’s objectives.

Supported by a newly refocused People and Culture team, the Group regularly assesses employees on a performance and potential

basis, with an aim to invest in and develop key talent. Through this assessment, the Group is able to retain and develop key talent

in support of succession planning, actively manage lower performers to a better outcome and increase efficiency.

Overall headcount  decreased  10% to  472  (31  December  2022: 527).  The  reduction  in  headcount  is  a  result  of  cost  reduction

action taken in 2023 as a result of the final elements of the eSuite integration and organisational restructuring in support of the

refocused strategy. The new structure is flatter, with a reduced management layer, and more efficient. Of the total headcount,

281 (2022: 296) are based at the innovation centres and working on the design, implementation, and support of the Group’s

products. The Group continues to monitor headcount closely, with future roles hired in line with revenue opportunity.

Aptitude takes diversity and inclusion very seriously, especially in relation to reward. The Group intends to implement structural

processes to  ensure  fairness in  approach to  promotions and  compensation  in  2024.  Additionally, the  Group is  continuing the

Women in Leadership initiative to help attract a diverse range of talent to its leadership roles.

#### Capital Allocation Policy

Aptitude aims to deliver high returns to shareholders through targeting sustainable profit growth and strong free cash flow. The

Group invests in developing its business driven by the opportunity with Fynapse, while maintaining robust liquidity to manage the

working capital cycle. Aptitude’s capital allocation priorities are as follows

•  Managing working  capital –  The  first  priority  of  the Group  is to  maintain sufficient  cash reserves  to manage  the annual

working capital cycle, while maintaining appropriate levels of net funds. A level of net cash no less than 1.5 x adjusted EBITDA

is the Group’s stated minimum.

•  Investment for organic growth – The Group continues to invest in the organic growth of the business including the need to

continue to invest in our people and technology and through capital expenditure where required.

•  Maintenance of the Group’s progressive dividend – The Group is committed to provide progressive dividends to shareholders,

and this remains the preferred ongoing method to return cash to shareholders without impacting on the investment required

to grow the business

•  Enhanced returns to shareholders – As the Group continues to generate excess cash after the above priorities, the Group will

look to make enhanced returns to shareholders

![Graphics]()

### Chief Executive Officer’s Report

10

As announced separately today Aptitude has commenced an on-market share buyback programme of up to £20m over three years

in line with the newly adopted capital allocation policy. The buyback programme is in accordance with the Group’s authority to

make market purchases of its own Ordinary Shares granted to it by shareholders on 17 May 2023.

While the above framework is intended to guide decision making for the allocation of capital, the Board may choose to exercise

discretion in its application should there be a business requirement.

With  the  focused  strategy,  organisational  realignment  activities  combined  with  a  new  leadership  team,  I  am  confident  that

Aptitude will capitalise on the significant AI Autonomous Finance market opportunity, that is sponsored by our strategic partners.

This will result in a stronger underlying business and higher quality revenues for the Group through Fynapse.

Alex Curran

Chief Executive Officer

20 March 2024

![Graphics]()

### Group Financial Performance

11

Group Financial Performance

#### Revenue

#### Recurring Revenues

Annual Recurring Revenue (‘ARR’) grew by 2% on a constant currency basis in the year to £51.1 million at 31 December 2023

(31 December 2022: £50.2 million, restated for the prevailing exchange rate at 31 December 2023).

ARR is the  key financial metric for the Group. Included within ARR are Aptitude’s annual licence fees and maintenance for its

on-premise clients, subscription fees for the Group’s SaaS clients and revenues from its Solution Management Service offering

(‘Aptitude Assure’), this offering contributed ARR at 31 December 2023 of £5.0 million (31 December 2022: £4.3 million).

Net Retention Rate in the year was 98% (2022: 102%), (measured by the total value of on-going ARR at the year-end from clients

in place at the start of the year as a percentage of the opening ARR from those clients on a constant currency basis. The Group

benefitted from standard inflationary clauses within the majority of its contracts, however, continuing churn, predominantly in

Subscription, Billing and Revenue Management, reduced the benefit of these increases.

Recurring revenues recognised in 2023 increased by 6% to £53.4 million (2022: £50.5 million), representing growth of 6%. Recurring

revenues are a strategic priority for the Group and now represent 71% of overall revenue (2022: 68%). A key part of the Group’s

strategy is to increase this percentage whilst maximising the growth rate of Aptitude’s ARR, increasing both the overall quality of

revenue and operating margin.

#### Non-Recurring Revenue

Non-recurring revenue,  comprised of  implementation  services, software  development and  non-recurring  software  fees  which

totalled £21.3 million for the year ended 31 December 2023 (2022: £23.9 million) representing an 11% reduction. The reduction in

non-recurring revenues is in line with the Group’s expectation as it works more closely with its partners in this area.

#### Research & Development Expenditure

Total  expenditure  on  product  management,  research  &  development  increased  5%  in  the  year  ended  31  December  2023  to

£17.8 million (2022: £17.0 million). Research & development costs represent 24% of revenue for the year ended 31 December

2023 (2022: 23%). The Group will carefully monitor research & development spend and ensure that investment is only made in

line with the revenue opportunity.

The Board has continued to prudently determine that none of the internal research & development costs incurred during the year

meet the criteria for capitalisation. Consequently, these have been expensed as incurred through the income statement.

#### Operating Profit and Margins

Adjusted Operating Profit for the year ended 31 December 2023 was in line with expectations at £9.7 million (2022: £7.5 million).

Adjusted Operating Margin increased to 13% (2022: 10%) following the completion of the integration of the MPP Global acquisition

and other cost action taken in the year. Operating profit on a statutory basis was £5.3 million (2022: £3.7 million).

In addition to the cost action outlined above, the Group’s evolving revenue mix towards higher recurring revenue generated an

incremental margin benefit. The continued success of Fynapse, with its cloud-native capabilities, is expected to further enhance

margins.

#### Foreign Exchange

With 50% (2022: 42%) of the Group’s revenues being generated from North American clients, the majority of which are invoiced

in US Dollars, the financial results are impacted by changes in the US dollar exchange rate. Aptitude’s 2022 revenue and Adjusted

Operating Profit would have been reported at £74.2 million and £7.7 million respectively on a constant currency basis (compared

to actual result of £74.4 million and £7.5 million). Constant currency is calculated by comparing the 2023 results with 2022 results

retranslated at the rates of exchange prevailing during 2023.

#### Non-Underlying Items

Non-underlying items of £4.4 million (2022: £3.8 million) are principally related to the £0.8 million (2022: £0.4 million) of final

integration costs incurred on the MPP Global acquisition, £0.2m of restructuring costs and intangible amortisation of £3.4 million

(2022: £3.4 million).

![Graphics]()

### Group Financial Performance

12

#### Taxation

The total tax charge before adjusting for the impact of non-underlying and other sundry items of £1.8 million (2022: £1.5 million)

represents 18.83% of the Group’s profit before tax (2022: 21.08%).

#### Statutory Results

The Group reported a profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders of £4.1 million (2022: £2.6 million).

#### Earnings per Share

Adjusted Basic Earnings per Share increased by 37% to 13.6 pence (2022: 9.9 pence) and Basic Earnings per Share increased 60%

to 7.2 pence (2022: 4.5 pence).

#### Dividend

A final ordinary dividend of 3.60 pence per share is proposed (2022: 3.60 pence), making a total ordinary dividend of 5.40 pence

per share for the year (2022: 5.40 pence).

#### Balance Sheet

The Group continues to have a strong balance sheet with net assets at 31 December 2023 of £60.3 million (2022: £60.5 million).

Cash at 31 December 2023 was £34.1 million (31 December 2022: £29.2 million) and net funds of £22.7 million (31 December 2022:

£15.9 million). Trade receivables (net) at 31 December 2023 increased to £10.3 million (2022: £9.7 million) of which £5.0 million

(2022: £4.1 million) were overdue for payment at the year end. Of these overdue balances £3.6 million has been collected at

18 March 2024. DSO (debtor days) increased to 53 at 31 December 2023 (2022: 44). The growth in the Group’s Annual Recurring

Revenue resulted in deferred income at 31 December 2023 increasing to £31.5 million (2022: £29.6 million).

Mike Johns

Chief Financial Officer

20 March 2024

![Graphics]()

### Non-Financial and Sustainability

### Information Statement

13

Non-Financial and Sustainability

The following chart summarises where you can find further information on each of the key areas of disclosure required by S414C

and s414CB of the Companies Act 2006.

Related Group policies Related principal risks Page

Environmental matters – Health, safety & environment – Environmental, social and

governance

30

Employees – Security

– People

– People and performance  27

Social matters – Charitable contributions & social sponsorships – Environmental, social and

governance

30

Human rights – People

– Human rights

– People and performance

– Geopolitical risk

– Environmental, social and

governance

27, 30

Anti-bribery and corruption – Anti-bribery & corruption – Environmental, social and

governance

30

–  Non-financial key performance indicators allow us to assess progress against objectives and monitor the development and

performance of specific areas of the business. These are set out on page 51.

–  Further information on Group policies can be found on aptitudesoftware.com.

–  Full details of the Group’s principal risks can be found on pages 27 to 30.

–  Disclosures  based  on  the  principles  of  Task  Force  on  Climate-Related  Financial  Disclosures  (TCFD)  are  detailed  on

pages 23 to 26.

–  Disclosures relating to the gender diversity of the Group can be found on page 15.

![Graphics]()

### Responsible Business Report

14

Aptitude recognises that  it has an  important  role in  creating  value for all  of its stakeholders,  including employees, customers

and shareholders. Operating responsibly is a key factor in driving this value creation over the longer term. All members of the

Board, together with senior management and the Company Secretary, take an active role in shaping and monitoring the Group’s

environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) activities.

Culture and Values

The Group’s core purpose is to provide software solutions that deliver fully autonomous finance to enable its clients to drive growth,

efficiency and sustainability. This purpose is at the heart of the Group’s stated strategy, vision, mission and corporate values, and

is clearly articulated throughout the business. It would not be possible for the Group to achieve this purpose without intelligent,

highly  skilled  and  motivated  employees.  During  2023,  we  have  sought  to  implement  across  the  business  a  high-performance

culture, marked by unwavering dedication to achieving exceptional results through clear goals, accountability, and a commitment

to continuous improvement that influences all our actions. We have also defined the key attitudes which underpin this culture,

namely ‘win together’, ‘embrace challenge’, ‘own it’ and ‘client & partner driven’. The key attitudes which underpin the culture

of the organisation are embedded in objectives and key results (“OKRs”) at all levels and feature in the Group’s employee reward

and recognition processes.

#### Equality, Diversity and Inclusion

The  Group  is  strongly  committed  to  encouraging  equality,  diversity  and  inclusion  among  our  workforce,  and  eliminating

discrimination. Everyone is welcome at Aptitude and we encourage our team members to bring their whole selves to work. Our

people are champions of creating a culture of belonging, support and trust and we work with others who are aligned with these

values.

We aim for our teams to be truly representative of all sections of society and to ensure that our clients, partners and employees

feel they belong, that they’re respected and able to always present their authentic self. The Board is mindful of the aims of the

Parker Review, the McGregor Smith Review and the FCA Listing Rules recommendation on ethnic diversity, which aim to improve

ethnic diversity on Boards. However, we acknowledge that currently our Board does not comply with the recommendations and

we recognise that there is always more we can do. This principle of diversity is strongly supported by the Board, who recognise

that diversity in its broadest sense, approach and experience are important considerations as part of the selection criteria used to

assess candidates to achieve a balanced Board.

We have a zero-tolerance approach against intentional discrimination by anyone at Aptitude. We also expect the same approach

from our clients, partners, suppliers and in our communities.

We believe that everyone has a voice at Aptitude and together our diverse voices fuel the very best innovation that is celebrated

and admired by others. Creating a culture of belonging, support and trust positively impacts everyone at Aptitude, and we work

with clients and partners who share the same values.

Equality, Diversity and Inclusion matters to the Group because it enables us to:

•  better understand and meet the needs of our clients, placing us ahead of the competition;

•  attract and retain the very best people, supporting them to flourish and fully contribute at work; and

•  build on different perspectives and experience to continuously improve and excel at what we do.

The Group’s policies remain consistent with the requirements of the Universal Declaration on Human Rights and the spirit of the

International Labour Organisation’s core labour standards.

The Group has in place a Diversity and Inclusion SteerCo, which is sponsored by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  comprises of

employees across our countries of operation. The Diversity and Inclusion SteerCo is focused on driving initiatives to promote the

importance of diversity and inclusion across the Aptitude business.

During 2023, the SteerCo focused on initiatives around celebrating women leaders in the organisation, Black History month and

Pride month. These initiatives included hosting Women in Leadership forums, which is designed to support women and increase

their presence in leadership roles within Aptitude, and Pride Tribes, which allow small groups of women to come together regularly

for peer-to-peer mentorship.

In 2024, further activities are planned to celebrate women leaders within the Group. We plan to continue our efforts to increase

representation and further embed inclusive behaviours into our ways of working. As part of our plan, our ambition is to further

break down barriers to entry and  progression.  Through  increased focus on career development paths,  transparent  leadership

development frameworks, and education, we can ensure our employees have a sense of belonging and can bring their whole

![Graphics]()

15

selves  to  the  workplace.  We  give  our  employees  opportunities  to  grow  and  contribute,  allowing  us  to  strengthen  the  talent

pipeline into leadership positions which will ensure our long-term sustainable growth.

Gender diversity

The following table reports on the gender diversity of the Group’s employees on 31 December 2023:

Board Executive Management Total Workforce

2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022

Men 2 (2 senior positions\*) 3 (3 senior positions\*) 8 6 318 368

Women 3 (2 senior positions\*) 2 (1 senior position\*) 2 4 147 159

Not specified/

prefer not to say

– – – – 7 –

Total employees 5 5 10 10 472 527

Men % 40% 60% 80%  60%  67% 70%

Women % 60% 40% 20%  40%  31% 30%

\*Senior positions are defined under Listing Rule 9 Annex 2 as CEO, CFO, SID and Chair

As of 31 December 2023, the Board comprised two male Directors (40%) and three female Directors (60%). The Group’s executive

management consisted of eight men (80%) and two women (20%). Top leadership has been defined as members of the Senior

Leadership  Team  and  Extended  Senior  Leadership  Team  as  these  individuals  have  responsibility  for  planning,  directing  and

controlling the activities of the Group. Across the overall business 31% of our workforce (147 employees) identified as women,

67% (318 employees) identified as men, and 2% (7 employees) preferred not to self-describe. This ratio is mainly due to the higher

proportion of males in some parts of our business. We recognise that the software industry traditionally attracts more male than

female employees; therefore, a continuing focus going forward will be to look at opportunities  to  highlight  Aptitude, and the

software industry as a whole, as an attractive career choice for women. We are keen supporters of the Women in Tech initiative.

The Board is pleased to confirm that, as at 31 December 2023, it complies with the FCA Listing Rules and FTSE Women Leaders

Review’s recommendations that the Board consists of at least 40% women and that at least one of its top leadership roles is held

by a woman (Alex Curran is the Chief Executive Officer and Barbara Moorhouse is the Senior Independent Director).

The Group has not  set  itself quantitative targets to increase the gender diversity of its Board and senior management and  all

appointments will ultimately be made on merit. Every effort is, and will continue to be, made to attract a gender diverse pool of

candidates for any senior appointments in order to support and encourage female representation in the Group’s leadership team

in future years.

Gender pay gap reporting

As the Group has fewer than 250 employees in the United Kingdom, it is not required to publish a gender pay gap report. However,

the Group has internal processes to ensure that salary levels and salary increases are fair and comparable for male and female

employees in  equivalent  roles. These  processes  are overseen  by  the  Executive  Directors  for  the  wider workforce,  and  by the

Remuneration Committee for senior management.

The Group undertook a further gender pay gap analysis in 2023, which showed the Group’s gender pay gap across the Group’s

main countries of operation to be in line with and, in some cases, better than its peer group. The Board does not feel that voluntary

publication of the Group’s gender pay gap will provide meaningful disclosure.

Broader diversity

The Group is committed to understanding the diversity of its workforce beyond gender representation. Aptitude must adhere

to regional requirements in terms of how this data is collected and used, and this includes obtaining express permissions from

employees in certain countries. The regional distribution of the Group’s employees as at 31 December 2023 was as follows: Poland

55%; United Kingdom 27%; North America 13%; Singapore 2%; other regions 3%.

This  year,  the  Board  and  senior  management  is  pleased  to  be  voluntarily  disclose  information  relating  to  the  ethnicity  and

disability diversity of the Board and its top leadership team. Nine members responded that they had no disabilities. Four members

confirmed that they preferred not to say whether they had any disabilities.

![Graphics]()

### Responsible Business Report

16

The following table reports on the ethnic diversity of the Board and executive management on 31 December 2023:

Board

Executive

management

White British or other White (including minority-white groups) 5 (100%) (3 senior positions\*)  9 (90%)

Other - (0%) - (0%)

Not specified/prefer not to say - (0%) 1 (10%)

\*Senior positions are defined under Listing Rule 9 Annex 2 as CEO, CFO, SID and Chair

The Board acknowledges that it doesn't currently include a director from an ethnic background. Any future appointments to the

Board will continue to be made on merit, taking into account the specific skills and experience, independence and knowledge

needed to  ensure  a  rounded  Board and  the  diverse  benefits  each  candidate  can bring  to  the  overall  Board composition.  The

Nomination  Committee  will  continue  to  proactively  seek  to  access and  attract  a  diverse  pool  of  candidates  for  consideration

during the recruitment process.

#### Employee Health and Wellbeing

At  Aptitude  we  strive  to  reduce  the  stigma  related  to  mental  ill  health.  During  the  2023,  we  increased  our  focus  on  mental

health. This included open conversations, planned campaigns at country and global level, communications from senior leaders

and engagement with elected employee representatives. We also collaborated with a specialist neuro-psychologist to develop

and deliver a tailored live stream stress management programme for Mental Health Week. The programme was designed to build

and maintain a culture that promotes good mental health practices and provide practical steps to reducing the risks of as well as

managing stress and burnout.

Our Employee Assistance Programme continues to offer employees free, confidential advice and counselling around the clock on

personal, emotional, and work-life issues.

We know that our people thrive when they feel empowered.  We  recognise  that  flexibility means different things to different

people and have taken a progressive and inclusive approach to flexible working. However we also recognise the importance of

interaction and collaboration, and have designed our office spaces accordingly.

#### Engagement with Suppliers, Customers and other Business Partners

The Group proactively engages with its suppliers, clients, and other business partners on a regular basis, to ensure that relationships

function effectively and support the long-term success of the Group. Details of how the Group undertakes this engagement can

be found in the Section 172 statement on pages 20 to 22.

#### Business Ethics

At Aptitude, we have well-established processes to drive ethical business behaviours across the organisation and in our interactions

with all our stakeholders. This includes a suite of policies to support strong ethical behaviour in our conduct with each other, our

customers and all of our stakeholders.

Aptitude considers that paying tax is part of our corporate responsibility and our contribution in taxes is one of the ways in which

we help to  build  and sustain the economy. Aptitude’s tax affairs are overseen by  the Audit Committee and monitored by the

Board. The Group is committed to ensuring that it pays the appropriate level of taxes, in line with the generation of economic

value, in all regions in which it operates. The Group has robust oversight processes on taxation, working with its advisors to ensure

responsible compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.

#### Environment

As a supplier of software solutions, the Group has no manufacturing facilities and its premises exclusively comprise of office spaces.

Any obsolete office equipment and computers are resold or recycled to the extent practicable. The Group has recycling facilities

in all its offices and use of waste paper is minimised by promoting a paperless process and downloadable software products. The

Group recognises that its activities should be carried out in an environmentally friendly manner and therefore aims to:

•  comply with relevant environmental legislation;

•  reduce waste and, where practicable, re-use and recycle consumables;

•  dispose of non-recyclable items in an environmentally friendly manner;

•  minimise the consumption of energy and resources in the Group’s operations; and

![Graphics]()

17

•  reduce the environmental impact of the Group’s activities and where possible increase the procurement of environmentally

friendly products.

While not within the Group’s immediate control, the Group also takes into consideration the environmental credentials of data

centres and providers of Cloud services when selecting key suppliers.

#### Energy and Carbon Reporting

The Group is committed to monitoring and reducing its emissions year-on-year and is aware of its reporting obligations under The

Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018.

2023 performance

The Group calculates its environmental impact across Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions sources. Emissions are presented on both a

location and market basis. On a location basis our Scope 1 and 2 emissions are 163 tCO

2

e (2022: 160 tCO

2

e), with an increase in

natural gas usage being offset by a decrease in electricity usage. Scope 3 emissions are 2,324 tCO

2

e (2022: 3,227 tCO

2

e), a 28%

reduction year-on-year, largely down to a reduction in business travel during the year. The Group calculates and tracks emission

intensity metrics (Scope 1 and 2 Location Based) on a revenue basis. Emissions of 2.2 tCO

2

e per £1,000,000 turnover are reported

for 2023.

2023 reporting methodology

This section has been prepared for the reporting period of 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023 using the reporting period of

January 2022 to December 2022 for comparison, as well as including the greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions from 2018 to 2022 as

a point of reference.

The Group has defined its organisational boundary using an operational control approach. The Group’s figures include all sites,

excluding data for the Sydney office, on the basis that the site was acquired in late 2023 on a short-term service contract. To

allow comparison, we have restated our 2022 emissions to include the previously excluded Warrington office as well as including

improved data from our Poland office. For transparency purposes, we were unable to obtain verifiable energy usage data from our

Manchester office and have therefore had to use estimated figures.

GHG emissions have been calculated from business activities in accordance with the principles and requirements of the World

Resources Institute (WRI) GHG Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (revised version) and Environmental

Reporting  Guidelines:  Including  Streamlined  Energy  and  Carbon  Reporting  requirements  (March  2019).  We  are  reporting  our

Scope 3 emissions for the first time this year, with guidance from the GHG Protocol Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Accounting

and Reporting Standard and the GHG Protocol Technical Guidance for Calculating Scope 3 Emissions, as required. In  line  with

the  Greenhouse  Gas  Protocol,  we  continue  to  review  our  reporting  in  light  of  any  changes  in  business  structure,  calculation

methodology and the accuracy or availability of data. Scope 3 emissions have been calculated using a hybrid approach with both

the average data method and spend data method employed. Emissions have been calculated using the appropriate conversion

factors (e.g. DEFRA 2023 and IEA 2023).

![Graphics]()

### Responsible Business Report

18

Emissions and energy usage from 2018 to 2023

Global emissions tCO

2

e

1

Emissions source 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Group YOY

Natural gas 55 53 33 31 29

5

80 179%

Company cars

2

1 2 2 2 0 0 na.

Refrigerant 4 21 3 0 0 0 na.

Total Scope 1 60 76 38 33 29

5

80 179%

Scope 2 (Location based) 418 444 321 252 131

5

83 -37%

Scope 2 (Market based) 568 366 306 178

5

115 -35%

Total Scope 1 + 2 Location based 478 520 359 285 160

5

163 2%

Total Scope 1 + 2 Market based 644 404 339 206

5

195 -6%

Total Scope 3 3,227

5

2,324 -28%

Total Scope 1, 2 + 3 Location based 3,387

5

2,486 -27%

Total Scope 1, 2 + 3 Market based 3,434

5

2,518 -27%

Intensity metric, £m turnover 57.3 59.3 74.4 74.7 –

Normaliser, tCO

2

e per £m turnover 6.3 4.8 2.1

5

2.2 1%

Total Energy Usage (kWh)

4

676,626 416,628

5

615,680 48%

2022 – 2023 Scope 1 and 2 emissions and energy usage comparison

Global Scope 1 and 2 emissions tCO

2

e

1

Emissions source FY 2022 FY 2023

UK

Global

ex UK UK

Global

ex UK

UK

YOY

Global

ex UK YOY

Group

YOY

Natural gas 2 27

5

0 80 -96% 198% 179%

Company cars

2

– – – – N/A N/A N/A

Refrigerant

3

– – – – N/A N/A N/A

Total Scope 1 2 27

5

0 80 -96% 198% 179%

Scope 2 (Location based) 13 118

5

11 72 -17% -39% -37%

Scope 2 (Market based) 23 155

5

19 96 -19% -38% -35%

Total

Scope

1

+

2

Location

based

15 145

5

11 152 -27% 5% 2%

Total Scope 1 + 2 Market based 25 182

5

19 176 -25% -3% -6%

Total Energy Usage (kWh)

4

75,643 340,984

5

51,391 564,289 -32% 65% 48%

1  These figures are in CO

2

e including GHGs in addition to carbon dioxide and are partially based on the country-specific CO

2

emission factors developed by the International Energy

Agency, © OECD/IEA 2023 but the resulting work has been prepared by Aptitude and does not necessarily reflect the views of the International Energy Agency.

2  During 2023 the Group had no company cars in use.

3  No refrigerants were consumed in 2023 (this having been at the discretion of the landlord of the Group’s leased offices during 2023).

4  Energy reporting includes kWh from Scope 1 and Scope 2, converting units of measure into kWh if required.

5  Restated – see section on 2023 reporting methodology.

![Graphics]()

19

Scope 3 Emissions

During the year we conducted our first full assessment of our value chain emissions, using data from 2022 and then updating

our footprint for this year. Our evaluation confirmed that our value chain emissions are significantly greater than our operational

carbon footprint, with our Scope 3 emissions accounting for around 90% of our total emissions. The calculation of emissions for

our key Scope 3 sources is:

•  Business travel – using the distance travelled and mode of travel we calculate the emissions associated with our business

travel. Emissions factors from DEFRA 2023 were used.

•  Purchased goods and services – we used purchased data on the amount of spend of services purchased by the Company.

EEIO factors were applied to financial spend categories using a spend-based analysis. We included primary data from our

supplier on our key data centres when they were available e.g. AWS and Azure.

Scope 3 Emissions tCO

2

e

Category Status 2023 2022 Group YOY

1. Purchased goods and services Relevant, calculated  900 1,070 -16%

2. Capital goods Relevant, calculated  197 243 -19%

3. Fuel-and-energy-related activities (not included in Scope 1 or 2) Relevant, calculated  35 39

5

-10%

4. Upstream transportation and distribution Not applicable – – –

5. Waste Generated in Operations Immaterial – – –

6. Business Travel Relevant, calculated 1,165 1,811 -36%

7. Employee Commuting Relevant, calculated 26 64 -59%

8. Upstream Leased Assets Not applicable – – –

Total upstream Scope 3 2,346 3,251 -28%

9. Downstream Transportation and Distribution Not applicable – – –

10. Processing of Sold Products Not applicable – – –

11. Use of Sold Products Not applicable – – –

12. End-of-Life Treatment of Sold Products Not applicable – – –

13. Downsteam Leased Assets Not applicable – – –

14. Franchises Not applicable – – –

15. Investments Not applicable – – –

Total Downstream Scope 3 – – –

Total Scope 3 2,324 3,227

1

-28%

1  Restated – see section on 2023 reporting methodology

![Graphics]()

### Engagement with the Group’s

### Stakeholders (Section 172 Statement)

20

The needs of our stakeholders and the consequences of any decision in the long term are taken into consideration by the Board

when carrying out their role. The different interests of stakeholders are considered in the business decisions we make across the

Group and are reinforced by the Board. In performing their duties during the year, the Directors have had regard for the matters

set out in Section 172(1) (a) to (f) of the Companies Act 2006, namely, to promote the success of the Company for its members as

a whole and in doing so having regard to amongst other matters:

•  the likely consequences of any decisions in the long term;

•  the interests of employees;

•  the need to foster business relationships with suppliers, customers and others;

•  the impact of operations on the community and environment;

•  the desirability of maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct; and

•  the need to act fairly as between members of the Group.

This duty underpins the Board’s decision-making processes and the Group’s strategic direction, with due consideration given to

the long-term impact of decisions on shareholders, employees, customers and wider stakeholders. Practical measures that the

Board takes to engage with the different stakeholder groups and ensure their interests are reflected in decision making are set

out in this section.

Workforce engagement

Our people are key to the long-term development of our business. Their engagement and motivation is vital to us fulfilling our

purpose, living our values, protecting our culture, and delivering our strategic objectives. The Board is fully committed to ensuring

that the opinions of employees across all counties and business areas are regularly sought and factored into its decision-making

process.  Barbara  Moorhouse  is  the  designated  independent  Non-Executive  Director  with  responsibility  for  overseeing  wider

workforce engagement, and employees are able to raise any concerns with her.

The Group has put in place extensive measures to engage with its employees. Through these engagement activities the Board is

able to gather opinions and ideas from the wider workforce, identify any communication gaps or common areas of concern and

address these through the Group’s activities.

The Board receives regular reports on employee matters from the Group’s People & Culture team, including information relating

to employee satisfaction and engagement, recruitment, retention and training and development.

During 2023, the Board engaged with the workforce through onsite visits to the Group’s offices, including all employee face-to-

face engagement sessions, one-to-one sessions with Senior Leadership Team members, receipt of presentations and reports from

senior management at Board meetings and day-to-day engagement outside of these formal settings.

The  Board  took  into  consideration  the  interests  and  viewpoints  of  employees  when  developing  the  revised  strategy  and  in

approving changes to senior leadership and the organisation structure. A key part of the organisational and strategic changes has

been the implementation of an objectives and key results (“OKR”) framework for the Group. This work, overseen by the Chief

Executive Officer, Alex Curran, has resulted in the implementation of a clear basis for communicating expectations and measuring

individual, team and organisational performance. There are regular ‘All Hands’ communication sessions held to discuss progress

against OKRs and other matters.

Shareholder engagement

The Board engages with institutional shareholders on the annual and interim results and on significant matters relating to strategy

and governance via a combination of in person meetings and video conference meetings. Regular updates are provided to the

Board on the views of the Group’s major investors and these are factored into the Board’s decision-making process and when

providing market communication.

All shareholders  are  encouraged to  submit  questions  prior  to  the  Annual  General  Meeting  and  to lodge  their  votes ahead  of

the meeting to ensure that these are counted. The Annual Report is sent to shareholders at least 20 working days before the

Annual General Meeting and each issue for consideration at the Annual General Meeting is proposed as a separate resolution. All

Directors generally attend the Annual General Meeting.

During  2023,  the  Group  communicated  directly  with  its  major  investors  on  the  proposed  changes  to  its  Executive  Directors,

enhancement of strategy and to conclude the consultation on the renewal of its Remuneration Policy, which was subsequently

approved by shareholders at the 2023 Annual General Meeting. The Board took into consideration the interests and viewpoints of

its shareholders when developing the enhanced strategy and in approving changes to Executive Directors.

![Graphics]()

21

The Board ensures that the Group’s shareholders are treated equally and fairly, regardless of the size of their shareholding or their

status as a private or institutional shareholder. The Group provides clear and timely communications to all shareholders in their

chosen communication medium, as well as via the Group’s website and via a Regulatory News Service. All holders of Ordinary

Shares are eligible to receive dividend payments and to vote at general meetings of the Company.

Client engagement

The  Group  is  proactive  in  engaging  directly  with  its  clients  to  monitor  and  continually  improve  its  service  delivery  and  client

satisfaction. The Board receives monthly reports on client-related matters, including support ticket levels, services delivery and

client health reports, which enable it to identify any trends or any areas requiring specific oversight or investment. In the event

that any concerns are raised by clients, the Group ensures that these are addressed swiftly and that proactive engagement occurs

to ensure high standards of service delivery are maintained.

The Group seeks  direct  engagement with clients  through  regular Client Advisory  Boards and these  directly  inform its product

development and innovation strategies. The Group also holds CFO forums for prospective and existing clients to actively engage

in wide-ranging discussions around pertinent issues, and publishes its Digital CFO magazine offering expert commentary around

similar issues. Feedback received from clients through these forums and through regular day-to-day interaction with the Group’s

client-facing  teams  were  used  to  inform  the  Board’s  decision  making  process  during  the  year,  specifically  in  relation  to  the

appointment of a Chief Client Experience Officer with overall responsibility for the end-to-end client life cycle, the tightening of

client health processes and targeted product investment.

Strategic partner engagement

The Group works with a range of leading organisations to deliver long-term value to its clients, including advisory, consulting,

integration  and  technology  providers  that  bring  complementary  services  and  solutions  to  its  client  base.  The  Group  engages

with its partners through regular product and thought leadership briefings and a comprehensive sales and delivery enablement

program. The Board actively encourages feedback from the Group’s partner firms on the quality of its services and products to

support continuous improvement.

During the year, the Board approved the globalisation of the Partnership team and oversaw further development of Aptitude’s

strategic partnership with Microsoft. The Group has engaged directly with Microsoft to enable the achievement of key market

readiness for Fynapse through a full integration to Microsoft Dynamics 365 and enablement on the Azure cloud platform.

Supplier engagement

The Group engages closely with its suppliers and has internal procedures to ensure that appropriate due diligence is undertaken

on these firms. Suppliers are chosen according to their ability to meet the Group’s own high standards and to demonstrate values

that are consistent with those of the Group. Regular engagement takes place with key suppliers, monitoring their performance

against  contractual  obligations  and  providing  regular  feedback  in  order  to  foster  and  support  long-term  relationships  for  the

benefit of the Group. In the event that delivery standards do not meet the Group’s expectations, proactive steps will be taken

to communicate and  address these directly with the supplier to ensure that  there is no detrimental impact upon the Group’s

activities.

Engagement with the wider community

The  Board  ensures  ethical  and  responsible  decision  making  by  taking  into  consideration  the  wider  society  external  to  the

organisation. The Group is committed to contributing towards the communities in which it operates as a business.

The Group operates a charitable donation scheme whereby it will match the funds raised by employees for specific charities up

to £500 (or local equivalent) per event. The Group also supports or organises regular activities to increase awareness and raise

funds for its chosen charities. The Group’s charitable activities are co-ordinated by its regional social committees and employees

are actively encouraged to give their support.

The Group has a written policy on Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking, which is reviewed on an annual basis by the Board and

is published on the Group’s website.

![Graphics]()

### Engagement with the Group’s

### Stakeholders (Section 172 Statement)

22

The environment

As a provider of software solutions, the Group’s operations have a relatively limited impact on the environment. However, the

Board is committed to implementing measures that will result in incremental improvements to the Group’s environmental impact,

where appropriate.

In accordance with the commitment given in the 2022 annual report, the Group has completed its scope 3 footprint analysis and

information on its full carbon footprint is contained in the Responsible Business Report on pages 17 to 19. The Group also reports

on its compliance with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”), and this report

can be found on page 23.

Maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct

The  Board  is  mindful  that  the  continued  growth  and  success  of  the  Group  is  dependent  upon  maintaining  high  standards  of

business conduct. These high standards underpin the Group’s ability to:

•  successfully compete within the market, to attract and retain clients, and to service these clients to a high standard;

•  attract and retain high quality employees;

•  attract investors and to meet their expectations of good governance and sound business conduct; and

•  meet the Group’s legal and regulatory obligations, and to meet the expectations of relevant regulatory bodies.

This awareness underpins the Group’s strategy and is evident throughout the Board’s decision-making process. Further information

on Aptitude’s ethical approach is contained in the Responsible Business report on page 14.

![Graphics]()

### Task Force on Climate-Related Financial

### Disclosures (TCFD) Report

2323

This is the Group’s third year of reporting against the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures

(“TCFD”) and  the  Board is  pleased to  have  further enhanced  this reporting  in  line with  the recommendations.  The  Board has

noted  the  requirement  for  mandatory  climate-related  disclosures  arising  from  the  Companies  (Strategic  Report)  (Climate-

Related Financial Disclosure) Regulations 2022, as well as FCA Listing Rule 9.8.6R(8). Below we have set out our climate-related

financial  disclosures  fully  consistent  with  10  of  the  11  TCFD  recommendations  and  recommended  disclosures  as  detailed

in ‘Recommendations  of the  Task Force  on  Climate-related  Financial  Disclosures’,  2017,  with  use  of  additional  guidance  from

‘Implementing the Recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures’, 2021. Set out below are the

areas where the Group is consistent with the recommendations, or where it is not fully consistent, how it plans to achieve this:

Recommendation Recommended disclosures Reference Compliance/comments

Governance

Disclose the organisation’s

governance around climate-

related risks and opportunities

a) Describe the Board’s oversight of

climate-related risks and opportunities

Page 23

Fully

consistent

b) Describe management’s role in assessing

and managing climate-related risks and

opportunities

Page 24

Fully

consistent

Strategy

Disclose the actual and potential

impacts of climate-related

risks and opportunities on

the  organisation’s businesses,

strategy, and financial planning

where such information is

material

a) Describe the climate-related risks and

opportunities the organisation has identified

over the short, medium, and long term

Pages 25-26 Fully consistent

b) Describe the impact of climate-related

risks and opportunities on the organisation’s

businesses, strategy, and financial planning

Pages 24-26 Fully consistent

c) Describe the resilience of the

organisation’s strategy, taking into

consideration different climate-related

scenarios, including a 2°C or lower scenario

Pages 24-26 Fully consistent

Risk

management

Disclose how the organisation

identifies, assesses, and  manages

climate-related risks

a) Describe the organisation’s processes for

identifying and assessing climate-related

risks

Pages 24-26 Fully consistent

b) Describe the organisation’s processes for

managing climate-related risks

Pages 24-26 Fully consistent

c) Describe how processes for identifying,

assessing, and managing climate-related

risks are integrated into the organisation’s

overall risk management

Page 24 Fully consistent

Metrics and targets

Disclose the metrics and targets

used to assess and manage

relevant climate-related risks

and opportunities where such

information is material

a) Disclose the metrics used by the

organisation to assess climate- related risks

and opportunities in line with its strategy

and risk management process

Pages 24-25 Fully consistent

b) Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if

appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG)

emissions, and the related risks

Pages 17-19, 24-26 Fully consistent

c) Describe the targets used by the

organisation to manage climate-related

risks and opportunities and performance

against targets

Page 26

Not

consistent. The Group measured its scope 3 emissions

for the first time in 2023 and is currently assessing the

options for appropriate targets to set on its full emissions

footprint.

#### Governance

Board level

The Board, with support from the Audit Committee, has overall responsibility for the management of climate-related matters,

including  oversight  of  climate-related  risks  and  opportunities.  The  Audit  Committee  is  informed  of  climate-related  risks  and

opportunities through reporting from management and through the review of its carbon footprint. The Board considers relevant

climate-related matters when discussing and guiding the strategy of the Group.

In 2023,  climate-related  matters, including  discussions on  emissions  and  oversight  of other  key sustainability  initiatives,  were

discussed bi-annually by the Audit Committee and reported to the Board. Sara Dickinson, Non-Executive Director and Chair of the

Audit Committee, is the designated Director with responsibility for ensuring that the Board meets its climate-related obligations.

The Board is supported and informed on climate-related issues including progress against goals and targets through reporting by

the Company Secretary, Executive Directors and the Audit Committee, who monitor these issues.

![Graphics]()

### Task Force on Climate-Related Financial

### Disclosures (TCFD) Report

24

Management level

At  management  level,  environmental,  social  and  governance  responsibilities,  including  climate-related  matters,  sit  with  the

Group’s Senior Leadership Team. The Senior Leadership Team is led by Alex Curran, Chief Executive Officer, and is responsible for

providing oversight of sustainability initiatives at an operational level. The Senior Leadership Team contributes to the identification,

assessment, and mitigation of climate-related risk. The Senior Leadership team is informed about climate-related issues at its

meetings through reporting from the Company Secretary.

Risk management

The Group  has  considered  all  risk and  opportunity  categories  outlined  in the  TCFD  guidance,  including  existing and  emerging

regulatory requirements. However, not all risk categories are applicable or material to the business.

During the year, climate-related risks and opportunities were assessed in the context of the Group’s existing risk management

processes (as detailed on pages 27-30) to allow for their relative significance to be determined. The climate-related risk assessment

has been carried out over the following time horizons:

•  Short-term: Now to 2025: Aligns with the Group’s shortest office leases.

•  Medium-term: 2025 to 2028: Aligns with the Group’s medium-term office leases.

•  Long-term: 2028 to 2050: Aligns to the UK Government’s Net Zero pledge and the longer-term physical impacts of climate

change.

When  determining  the  financial  impact  of  our  identified  climate-related  risks,  a  materiality  threshold  has  been  used  that  is

consistent with the external audit materiality level. This level is set as 5% of adjusted profit before tax and all of our identified

climate-related risks are estimated to fall below this level. As the Group’s operations have a relatively limited impact upon the

environment, climate change was not identified as an emerging or material risk in the context of the Group’s activities.

The Audit Committee twice yearly reviews and documents principal and emerging risks, including climate change. This assessment

takes into consideration the likelihood and potential impact of each risk, allowing the materiality of the risks and opportunities

to be determined and identifying those risks which need further investigation. Please see Principal Risks on page 27 for more

information on the Group’s risk management processes.

Strategy

The Group recognises the significant potential impact of climate change on environmental and economic systems. However, as a

technology business, its climate exposure is low and the impact of identified climate-related risks is limited.

Three climate-related scenarios have  been  selected to understand the impact of climate change on the Group’s strategy. The

three scenarios have been chosen to provide a variety of situations to which climate change could impact our company and are

as follows:

•  Net Zero 2050 (NZE)

1

: Low carbon scenario that meets the TCFD’s requirement of a below 2°C scenario.

•  Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS): Medium carbon scenario which represents the roll forward of announced policies.

•  RCP 8.5

2

: High carbon scenario which includes extreme physical climate risks with limited global mitigation.

1  “https://www.iea.org/reports/world-energy-outlook-2023” World Energy Outlook 2023, IEA, Paris

2  IPCC, 2014: Climate Change 2014: Synthesis Report. Contribution of Working Groups I, II and III to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

Each of the Group’s climate-related risks and opportunities have been analysed and quantified under the three scenarios in line

with definitions for risk impact outlined above and the following assumptions and estimates:

1.   Impacts are to be considered in the context of the current financial performance and prices.

2.   Gross impacts are assumed to occur without the company responding with any mitigation actions, which would reduce the

impact of risks.

3.   Impacts are modelled to occur in a linear fashion, when in practice dramatic climate-related impacts may occur suddenly

after tipping points are breached.

4.   The analysis considers each risk and scenario in isolation, when in practice climate-related risks may occur in parallel as part

of wider set of potential global impacts.

5.   Carbon prices are determined with reference to information from the International Energy Agency.

6.   No material change in business model, locations, or operations.

![Graphics]()

25

The Group has concluded that the business is resilient to climate change. The need for a fundamental change to business strategy

or additional spend as a result of climate change is unlikely to occur. The Group will, however, continue to develop its analysis as

new data is made available both internally and externally and it will continue to monitor its climate exposures and action plans

through its risk management framework and governance structure.

Climate-related risks

Three climate-related risks that could have a limited financial impact on the organisation have been identified.

Risk

1.

Carbon

pricing

in

the

value

chain

2. Reputational risks linked to sustainability

performance & reporting

3. Depending on third parties and

technology to decarbonise

Type Transition (current and emerging regulation) Transition (market policy and legal) Transition (technology)

Area Upstream Own operations Upstream and operations

Primary

potential

financial

impact

Increased cost of purchased goods and

services

Reputation, higher cost of capital, lower

business  opportunities

Reputation, higher cost of capital, lower

business  opportunities

Time

horizon Medium term Medium term Medium term

Likelihood Likely Likely Likely

Impact Low Low Low

Location or

service most

impacted

Purchased goods and services Across the Group Across the Group

Metrics used

to track risks

Scope 3 emissions Scope 1 and 2 emissions; external

environmental, social  and governance

ratings.

Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions.

Risk

description

and mitigation

The Group carried out a full scope 3 footprint

analysis in 2023 to fully understand its

upstream emissions exposures. The Group’s

principal value chain emissions originate

from business travel and purchased goods

and services. As suppliers come under

carbon pricing mechanisms, or carbon

border adjustments, this could result in the

supplier passing on the added cost from the

carbon tax. There is comfort that several

of our primary data centres have targets to

be net zero by 2040 at the latest, meaning

that a significant portion of our scope 3

emissions footprint will be offset with the

achievement of these targets. In addition,

the Group has already carried out several

initiatives to reduce our scope 3 emission

exposure. These include hybrid working to

reduce commuting emissions, continuing

to implement client projects on a remote

basis where appropriate, resulting in an

ongoing reduction of international travel

by employees, and choosing data centres

and cloud infrastructure providers that are

committed to purchasing electricity from

renewable sources. This potential risk would

be greater under the Net Zero 2050 scenario.

There is a rising trend from investors,

customers and financial  institutions of

incorporating sustainability criteria into  their

assessments, with climate change being

a  major issue. This is likely to be of greater

risk under  the net zero 2050 scenario.

Investors are aligning their  portfolios to

net zero as well as other environmental,

social and governance metrics and

companies face  disinvestment if plans are

insufficient. Our current and potential future

customers are increasingly interested to

understand our approach to environments,

social and governance matters. Currently

our  lenders have not tied our debt to

sustainability criteria but we will continue

to monitor this to ensure we are in line

with their expectations on climate-related

performance. The Group’s current debt levels

are also  relatively low, and debt facilities

have been secured  in the medium term. We

also continue to monitor our  clients’ and our

employees’ expectations in this area.

The ability of Aptitude to decarbonise both

our operations and supply chain is partially

reliant on third-parties and technologies

that are still being developed. Our ability to

decarbonise our operations is dependent

on grid decarbonisation and renewable

energy availability. As our office spaces are

leased, we cannot install onsite renewable

energy but are taking other steps where

appropriate to reduce our scope 2 emissions.

Decarbonisation of our value chain is reliant

on both purchased goods and services

and business travel. We are therefore

dependent on the actions and progress

of our key suppliers to decarbonise the

goods and services we procure from them.

Reduction in emissions through business

travel is also dependent on the technological

developments of the aviation industry

which is out of our control. However, a

high proportion of the Group’s data centres

already have net zero targets which should

mitigate significant value chain emissions

exposure. We also have a Group policy on

the use and class of flights for business travel

which helps reduce emissions from business

travel.

The following risks were also identified, but were deemed immaterial:

Physical risks (both acute and chronic physical risks were assessed):

a)  Using Munich Re’s climate risk tool we have confirmed that none of the Group’s existing sites are currently operating in areas

of high drought stress or are predicted to be up to 2040 under scenario RCP 8.5. Additionally, water use is not significant to

the Group’s operations.

b)  All of the Group’s sites are in areas of a low risk of riverine flooding.

c)  Exposure to insurance companies as clients which themselves could  be  at  risk  from  high  pay-outs due to climate-related

events, such as storms or flooding.

![Graphics]()

### Task Force on Climate-Related Financial

### Disclosures (TCFD) Reports

26

Transitional risks:

d)  Exposure to carbon pricing in own operations. As a technology company, the Group’s operations are not carbon intensive,

which limits its exposure to carbon price risks in its operations.

Climate-related opportunities

The following climate-related opportunities have been identified:

Opportunity

1. Zero emission energy

(e.g. self- generation, Renewal Energy Guarantees of

Origin and Power Purchasing Agreements)

2. Managing resource efficiency

(energy, resource

and water efficiencies)

Type Energy Source Resource efficiency

Area Operations Operations

Primary

potential

financial

impact

Decreased costs Decreased costs

Time

horizon Medium term Medium term

Likelihood Likely Very likely

Impact Medium-low Medium

Location or service most impacted Office buildings Office buildings

Metrics used to track risks % renewable energy usage Energy and waste consumption

Opportunity description and strategy to capitalise Transitioning to renewable electricity sources (either

via  self-generation or through contracted electricity

supply  from power purchase agreements and

Energy Attribute Certificates (EACs)) can help in

reducing market-based scope 2 emissions  to zero.

Investment in self-generation would likely be

unfeasible given the Group’s relatively short-term

lease agreements and energy requirements. We

assume the ability to find EAC’s at our key offices in

the future will be high. In the future, the Group can

prioritise office  locations with high energy efficiency

and access to self-generated renewable energy

facilities e.g. solar panels, when looking for new

office space. This opportunity will  be greater under

the Net Zero 2050 scenario.

Improvements of energy efficiency and reduction

of energy consumption with the involvement of

our landlords will provide opportunities. We have

recently signed a new lease for an office space in

Poland that is LEED Platinum for building categories

such as water and energy efficiency as well as being

WELL certified. Going forward the selection of any

new or replacement office spaces in the Group’s

other regions will further take sustainability

considerations into account. This opportunity will

be greater under the Net Zero 2050 scenario.

Metrics and targets

We  report  on  our  Scope  1,  2  and  3  emissions.  Our  carbon  footprint  is  calculated  using  methodologies  consistent  with  the

Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard, with additional guidance from the GHG Protocol

Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Accounting and Reporting Standard and the GHG Protocol Technical Guidance for Calculating

Scope 3 Emissions, as required.

The Group recognises that global warming is driving climate change and that governments, industry and society need to act to

mitigate the effects.  While the Group’s  carbon  emissions are  relatively  low, the  Board  remains fully committed  to continuing

to reduce its scope 1 and scope 2 emissions over time and will seek to do this by actively encouraging its landlords to switch to

renewable energy sources and by continuing to consider energy efficiency when selecting any future office premises.

During the year we calculated our first full scope 3 footprint and the results are shown on pages 17 and 19. In 2023, market-based

scope 3 accounted for 92% of our total footprint, with business travel (50% of scope 3) and purchased goods and services (39%

of scope 3) being the most significant contributors. We calculated all applicable scope 3 categories for both our 2022 and 2023

footprint. Nine scope 3 categories are not applicable to our company. The waste generated in operations category was excluded

from our footprint based on immateriality.

Having gained a clearer understanding of our indirect emissions, we are now exploring the possibilities of setting targets aligned to

the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) criteria. During the year we have worked with an external consultant who has provided

us with different options on how we can set targets that contribute to us delivering on reducing our emissions. The Group will

continue to monitor closely its emissions. It is currently intended that within a two year timeframe it will externally commit, via

the SBTi (or other reputable industry equivalent), to setting a science-based target to become a net zero company by 2050 at the

latest (such target shall be aligned to limiting global warming to 1.5°C or less).

![Graphics]()

### Principal Risks

27

The management of the business and the execution of the Group’s strategy are subject to several risks. The Board has delegated

authority to the Audit Committee to assess the Group’s principal and emerging risks, and the Board takes appropriate steps to

monitor and mitigate these risks where feasible.

The Board receives updates on principal and potential emerging risks that could threaten the Group’s performance or achievement

of its strategic objectives. The Audit Committee identifies areas for internal audit review, where this is felt to be appropriate to

help further understand and mitigate areas of risk. Further information on this is contained in the report of the Audit Committee

on page 35.

Considering all known risks that have the potential to impact the Group’s performance and strategy, the following represents the

principal and emerging risks as recognised by the Board as at 20 March 2024 and how these are mitigated:

Principal Risk  Explanation Mitigating Action

Product The Group’s future performance will depend on the successful

development, introduction and market acceptance of new

and enhanced products. These products must address the

requirements of current and future clients to be able to carry out

their key finance and business processes in a cost-effective manner.

The products must also respond effectively to industry, regulatory

and technological change.

Failure to do so may have significant impacts on the current and

future profitability of the Group.

The Group has successfully launched and gone live

with Fynapse, Aptitude’s next generation digital

finance platform. Prior to the development and

launch of Fynapse, extensive market research and

client consultation was conducted, to satisfy the

Board that there was sufficient demand in the

existing client base and the market generally for the

product.

The Group has taken steps in 2023 to further

develop roadmaps for each of its key products,

with close collaboration between the Product and

Technology teams.

Plans for future products are developed, in close

liaison with current and potential clients and

partners and through monitoring of changes in the

business and regulatory landscape.

Customer experience The Group’s ability to attract and retain clients is dependent on the

provision of reliable high-quality products and excellent service.

The Group’s products are typically critical to our clients’ business

operations and information systems

Failure to provide a good customer experience can result in

increased levels of client churn and significantly impact the

financial performance and reputation of the Group.

The Group has appointed a Chief Client Experience

Officer now responsible for the end-to-end client

life cycle including onboarding, integration,

implementation, and ongoing Client Support. The

Client Experience team employs individuals with

specific skills and experiences for their roles, and to

provide the best possible support to its customers.

Processes are in place to ensure that any service

issues are quickly identified and addressed, with

internal escalations in place, including to the Board,

where appropriate.

Development activities include robust software

quality reviews and testing processes and any

identified issues are addressed efficiently and

analysed to seek to avoid reoccurrence.

People and performance The Group’s success greatly depends on its ability to hire, train,

retain, manage and motivate employees with the right skills,

capabilities and attitudes. Failure to do so could result in a loss of

key talent and the Group being unable to effectively manage and

expand its business.

The Group is focused on ensuring that the

recruitment process is effective in identifying

and attracting employees with the right skills and

attributes. Our People & Culture team uses a diverse

number of sources, searching for candidates from

varied backgrounds and ethnicity and with varied

core skills.

All employees receive regular communication and

there is a focus on employee engagement and

supporting a strong organisational culture. Employee

engagement is overseen by the Senior Independent

Director, Barbara Moorhouse, and reported to the

Board. Further information on this can be found on

page 20.

![Graphics]()

### Principal Risks

28

Principal Risk  Explanation Mitigating Action

Key partnerships Aptitude has in place key partnerships, including with Microsoft

and a number of major advisory and systems integrator firms to

support in its go to market strategy.

During 2023, the Group ensured key market readiness for the

Microsoft partnership with a full integration to Microsoft Dynamics

365 and enablement on the Azure cloud platform.

Failures in any of these key partnerships can impact the Group

financially and reputationally, and negatively impact our clients.

The Group has in place a thorough selection and

onboarding process for new partnerships with a

focus on organisations that can scale and/or have

a track record of successful finance transformation

delivery programs. The onboarding process

ensures that partners have a good understanding

of Aptitude’s products and processes across the

client engagement lifecycle. Partners are kept up

to date through training provided on new product

development.

The Group has in place a dedicated Partnerships

team who work with partners and internal teams

to ensure these relationships are optimised and

joint goals are realised. Special attention has

been allocated to the Microsoft partnership, with

oversight from the Partnerships team across go

to market, product management and regional

alignment of execution. Key integrations have been

completed between Fynapse and Microsoft D365,

and Fynapse has been made available on Azure and

its related marketplace. The Group continues to

execute on its roadmap in support of the Microsoft

partnership.

Economic conditions The Group operates in ever changing economic conditions which

can impact the demand for and price of its products and the cost

of its purchased goods and services.

Failure to appropriately manage these impacts can impact on the

Group’s current and future profitability.

Appropriate commercial arrangements are put in

place with customers, including annual licence fees

or subscription arrangements to provide resilience

against the full effects of market deterioration.

The Group is also able to partially mitigate economic

risk through operating in multiple geographic regions

and across a number of business sectors.

The inflationary environment continues to be

closely monitored by the Board. Commercial

modelling is undertaken to assess the impact of

inflationary increases, and the Group is able to

reduce the exposure in its client contracts with the

majority allowing for inflationary increases to be

applied annually.

![Graphics]()

29

Principal Risk  Explanation Mitigating Action

Information security and data

privacy

The Group’s products require the processing of confidential client

data including, for a number of products, material non-public

financial data. Additionally, the eSuite product requires processing

of client and client subscriber personal data including payment

card data. Failure to appropriately protect this data could have

significant financial, regulatory and reputational consequences for

the Group.

The Group has a strong focus on all aspects of

information security – people, processes and

technology. The Information Security function is led

by the Information Security Officer who reports to

a Security Committee comprising of members of

senior management and chaired by the CFO. These

management and governance layers ensure that the

Group’s information security posture and tone from

the top is of the highest order as required to ensure

the security of client data. The Group’s culture

ensures that employees treat information security as

a collective responsibility thereby building a human

firewall. Our Information Security Management

System (ISMS) is ISO 27001 certified, and we follow

formal processes for all aspects of information

security including building secure systems to

prevent cyber attacks and protect our information

security assets, monitoring and detecting threats

and responding to the same as well as applying the

required governance and compliance processes. We

have formal processes for all information security

aspects including secure systems build, IT asset

management, vulnerability management, cyber

threat management, incident response, BCP/DR and

personnel security management. In addition to ISO

27001, we also provide SOC1 and SOC2 reports to

clients to support client compliance processes for all

cloud based/SaaS products.

Our information security risk assessment processes

and artifacts are frequently refreshed. Risks

emanating from new and ever changing risk

vectors including global pandemics, cyber warfare,

ransomware attacks, changing regulations, sanctions

and changes in information security frameworks are

assessed and mitigating action plans are formally

prepared and presented. These assessments are

regularly reviewed by the Information Security

Committee. The Board is also provided with regular

updates regarding our information security posture

and risks.

For personal data protection, we have formal privacy

and compliance management processes including

privacy risk assessment, secure systems build,

GDPR and CCPA compliance processes, client data

categorization, protection and deletion processes.

Where the Group acts as a processor for client

personal data, we work closely with clients to ensure

compliance with privacy laws. For the Group’s

products which handle payment card data, we follow

required processes to protect such data, and are

certified under required compliance standards for

card data processing including PCI-DSS.

Banking The Group has in place a term loan and revolving credit facility with

Bank of Ireland (see page 123 for details). Any significant future

interest rate changes could impact the cost of borrowing for the

Group. Also, the failure of banking counterparties may lead to loss

of all or part of cash held with such counterparty.

The Group has in place an interest rate swap to

manage its exposure to changes in interest rates. The

Group also has significant cash balances and seeks to

maximise the interest earned on these (see page 121

for further details).

Day-to-day oversight of the Group’s banking

arrangement is carried out by the Chief Financial

Officer and his team. The team also monitors the

ongoing solvency of Bank of Ireland and other key

banking counterparties.

![Graphics]()

### Principal Risks

30

Principal Risk  Explanation Mitigating Action

Geopolitical risk The Group has operations in a number of countries and seeks to

mitigate any risks to its employees arising from conflicts or other

geopolitical incidents.

As a result of our geographic spread, the Group is exposed to

a wide range of political, economic, regulatory, social and tax

environments. Policies or laws, involving the countries in which

we operate, may change in a manner that may be adverse for the

Group, even those with stable political environments.

The Group has in place business contingency plans

which are overseen by the Board. These plans are

developed on an ongoing basis in readiness for any

need to implement.

The Group has not been directly impacted by any of

the conflicts seen across the globe in 2023. However,

the Board recognises that its employees may be

indirectly impacted, and provides support through

the People & Culture team.

The Group is continuing to closely monitor the

situation in Ukraine, the Middle East and Taiwan.

The business has no facilities or dependencies in

those regions, but in view of its mainland Europe

operations, business contingency planning has being

undertaken to mitigate any potential disruption to

the Group’s operations that might result should

there be an escalation of the Ukraine conflict into

other European countries.

Environmental, social and

governance

Aptitude is committed to being a responsible business and operate

in a sustainable manner for all of our stakeholders.

Failure to operate in a way that appropriately manages our impacts

on the environment and our communities may negatively impact

our reputation as a responsible business.

The Board oversees the steps taken by Aptitude

to act responsibly for the environment and our

communities. More information on this is found in

the Responsible Business Report on page 14.

The Board’s ongoing review of emerging potential risks has not identified any beyond those detailed in the preceding table. In

undertaking this review of its principal risks, the Board also considered other potential risks and concluded that they were not

considered to be principal risks. The Board, with the support of the Audit Committee, will continue to review potential emerging

risks, and update its principal risks as necessary.

![Graphics]()

### Corporate Governance Statement

31

#### Statement of Compliance

The Group has applied all of the Principles and complied with the Provisions set out in the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code

(“Code”) throughout the year ended 31 December 2023, except for the Board composition requirements under Provision 11 for

a short transitional period when at least half the Board did not consist of Non-Executive Directors. Full compliance was achieved

from 27 July 2023 when Jeremy Suddards stood down from the Board. Further details are provided in this report on page 33. The

Code is available to view on the website of the Financial Reporting Council (www.frc.org.uk).

Details of how the Company has complied with the Code are contained in this report, and a summary of compliance with the main

principles of the Code is provided in the following table:

Application of the 2018 Corporate Governance Code

Principles Group Compliance Statement

1. Leadership and Company Purpose

A. A successful company is led by an effective and

entrepreneurial board, whose role is to promote the

long-term sustainable success of the company,

generating value for shareholders and contributing to

wider society.

The Directors bring a broad range of skills and experience to the Board, as shown by their biographies on the inside of the

front cover. The Directors’ responsibilities are outlined in the Report of the Directors. The Board meets regularly on a formal

basis and for additional ad-hoc meetings as necessary.

The Board ensures that appropriate governance mechanisms are in place to support the delivery of the Group’s strategy

and enable the Board to carry out its role effectively.

B. The board should establish the company’s purpose,

values and strategy, and satisfy itself that these and its

culture are aligned. All directors must act with integrity,

lead by example and promote the desired culture.

The Group has a clearly articulated corporate purpose, mission, vision and values. The Board oversees the Group’s culture

to ensures alignment with the corporate purpose, mission, vision and values.

The Board reviews the Group’s strategy and culture on a regular basis with input from senior management.

C. The board should ensure that the necessary resources

are in place for the company to meet its objectives and

measure performance against them. The board should

also establish a framework of prudent and effective

controls, which enable risk to be assessed and managed.

The Board reviews the Company’s performance against its targets and objectives at each scheduled meeting, with reference

to reports and KPIs prepared by management.

The principal risks impacting the Company are set out on pages 27 to 30 and steps are in place to monitor and mitigate

these risks.

D. In order for the company to meet its responsibilities to

shareholders and stakeholders, the board should ensure

effective engagement with, and encourage participation

from, these parties.

The Chairman and the Executive Directors maintain regular engagement with shareholders through presentations on

the annual and interim results and on significant matters relating to strategy and governance and at the Annual General

Meeting. In addition, individual meetings are also held with shareholders and potential investors on request, including with

other Non-Executive Directors where appropriate. The Remuneration Committee Chair ensures that major investors are

actively consulted with on key remuneration matters and responds to any investor questions on remuneration.

In addition to its shareholders, the Group’s other key stakeholders and steps taken to engage with them are described in

the ‘Engagement with the Group’s Stakeholders’ section on page 20. The Audit and Nomination Committee chairs make

themselves available to discuss significant matters related to their areas of responsibility, where required.

E. The board should ensure that workforce policies and

practices are consistent with the company’s values and

support its long-term sustainable success. The workforce

should be able to raise any matters of concern.

The Group has in place a suite of policies in line with its values and culture to support its operations. The Board, as a whole,

reviews engagement activities with the wider workforce. Barbara Moorhouse is the designated independent Non-Executive

Director with responsibility for overseeing wider workforce engagement, and employees are able to raise any concerns with

her.

2. Division of Responsibilities

F. The chair leads the board and is responsible for its

overall effectiveness in directing the company. They

should demonstrate objective judgement throughout their

tenure and promote a culture of openness and debate. In

addition, the chair facilitates constructive board relations

and the effective contribution of all non-executive

directors, and ensures that directors receive accurate,

timely and clear information.

The Chairman Ivan Martin is responsible for setting the Board’s agenda and ensuring that it carries out its duties effectively.

He promotes a culture of openness and debate both inside and outside of the boardroom and oversees constructive

relations between Executive and Non-Executive Directors. The Chairman is responsible for ensuring that there is effective

communication by the Group with its shareholders. In addition, he ensures that the Directors receive accurate, timely and

clear information in advance of Board meetings and on an ongoing basis, and gives feedback to Executive Directors and the

Company Secretary where appropriate.

G. The board should include an appropriate combination

of executive and non-executive (and, in particular,

independent non-executive) directors, such that no one

individual or small group of individuals dominates the

board’s decision-making. There should be a clear division

of responsibilities between the leadership of the board

and the executive leadership of the company’s business.

The Board consists of three independent Non-Executive Directors (including the Chairman) and two Executive Directors.

The Board has included three independent Non-Executive Directors (including the Non-Executive Chairman) during 2023,

except for a short time period whilst Board membership was being refreshed.

All of the Non-Executive Directors are considered by the Board to be independent of the management of the Group

and free from any business or other relationship which could materially interfere with the exercise of their independent

judgment. The Executive Directors are responsible for the running of the Group. The Board has included three independent

Non-Executive Directors (including the Non-Executive Chairman) at all times during 2023.

The responsibilities of the Board as a whole, and the Committees of the Board are available to view on the Investor

Relations section of the Group's website.

H. Non-executive directors should have sufficient time to

meet their board responsibilities. They should provide

constructive challenge, strategic guidance, offer specialist

advice and hold management to account.

The letter of appointment of each Non-Executive Director sets out the expected time commitment for them to perform

their role, and notes the possibility that additional time may need to be spent at certain times. The other significant

commitments of Directors are disclosed in the Annual Report. The effectiveness of the Board and individual Directors is

assessed through the annual review of Board effectiveness as described on page 35.

Each Non-Executive Director has relevant experience to support the Group’s strategy and operations, and all provide

challenge and guidance to management. The skills and experience of the Non-Executive Directors are described in their

biographies on the inside of the front cover.

![Graphics]()

### Corporate Governance Statement

32

I. The board, supported by the company secretary, should

ensure that it has the policies, processes, information,

time and resources it needs in order to function effectively

and efficiently.

The Board is supplied with business reports, management accounts and items for approval prior to each meeting, to ensure

that it is able to carry out its role effectively.

All Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, who is responsible to the Board for ensuring

that Board procedures are complied with, and to independent professional advice at the Company’s expense where they

judge it necessary to discharge their responsibility as Directors.

3. Composition, Succession and Evaluation

J. Appointments to the board should be subject to a

formal, rigorous and transparent procedure, and an

effective succession plan should be maintained for

board and senior management. Both appointments and

succession plans should be based on merit and objective

criteria and, within this context, should promote diversity

of gender, social and ethnic backgrounds, cognitive and

personal strengths.

The Nomination Committee, comprising all the Non-Executive Directors and chaired by the Non-Executive Chairman, is

responsible for identifying and nominating candidates to fill Board vacancies and ensuring that the Board continues to

contain appropriate diversity of thought, background and experience. The Nomination Committee also oversees succession

plans in place for the Board and Senior Leadership Team. During the year, appointments were made to the positions of CEO

and CFO and a number of changes were made to the Senior Leadership Team.

A report on the activities of the Nomination Committee in 2023 is on page 33. A report on the Board's approach to Diversity

and Inclusion, diversity metrics and activities carried out in 2023 can be found on page 14.

K. The board and its committees should have a

combination of skills, experience and knowledge.

Consideration should be given to the length of service of

the board as a whole and membership regularly refreshed.

All Directors have relevant business experience, skills and knowledge to perform their duties effectively. New Directors

receive an induction on joining the Board, and additional training needs are identified on an ongoing basis and through the

annual review of Board effectiveness.

Length of service is a specific consideration of the Nomination Committee in its work on succession planning.

The Audit Committee had competencies relevant to the sector in which the Group operates, as evidenced by the

biographies on the inside of the front cover.

L. Annual evaluation of the board should consider its

composition, diversity and how effectively members work

together to achieve objectives. Individual evaluation

should demonstrate whether each director continues to

contribute effectively.

An annual review of the effectiveness of the Board, its Committees, the Directors and the Company Secretary is undertaken,

prior to Directors being offered for re-election by shareholders. Details of how this review was conducted in respect of the

year ended 31 December 2023 can be found on page 36.

The Executive Directors also receive an annual performance appraisal as part of the Management Bonus Scheme.

The performance of each Board Committee is reviewed on an annual basis.

4. Audit, Risk and Internal Control

M. The board should establish formal and transparent

policies and procedures to ensure the independence and

effectiveness of internal and external audit functions and

satisfy itself on the integrity of financial and narrative

statements.

At each scheduled meeting, the Audit Committee discusses any areas for an internal audit review and considers the findings

of any such reviews. The Audit Committee also assesses annually the need for a separate internal audit function, and

makes a recommendation to the Board accordingly. The Board continues to be comfortable that no separate internal audit

function is required.

The Audit Committee monitors and assesses the independence and effectiveness of the external Auditor. The Audit

Committee also reviews the integrity of financial and narrative statements and recommends them to the Board for

approval. A report on the composition of the Audit Committee and its work in 2023 can be found on page 35.

N. The board should present a fair, balanced and

understandable assessment of the company’s position and

prospects.

The Board considers that the Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023 taken as

a whole present a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the Company's position and prospects. Further

information is contained in the report of the Audit Committee on page 35.

O. The board should establish procedures to manage risk,

oversee the internal control framework, and determine

the nature and extent of the principal risks the company

is willing to take in order to achieve its long-term strategic

objectives.

The Audit Committee monitors key risk factors impacting the Group, and makes recommendations to the Board on any

actions to be taken. A summary of the principal risks impacting the Group are set out on pages 27 to 30.

5. Remuneration

P. Remuneration policies and practices should be designed

to support strategy and promote long-term sustainable

success. Executive remuneration should be aligned to

company purpose and values, and be clearly linked to the

successful delivery of the company’s long-term strategy.

An updated Remuneration Policy was approved at the 2023 Annual General Meeting. Prior to seeking shareholder approval,

the Remuneration Committee reviewed the Remuneration Policy to ensure its alignment to the Group’s purpose, values and

long-term strategy and consulted with major shareholders on proposed changes.

Suitable financial and non-financial objectives, linked to the Group’s purpose, values and long-term strategy, are set

for Executive Directors and other Senior Leadership Team members and approved by the Remuneration Committee in

connection with long-term incentive and annual bonus awards. Further details can be found on pages 50 and 51.

Q. A formal and transparent procedure for developing

policy on executive remuneration and determining

director and senior management remuneration should be

established. No director should be involved in deciding

their own remuneration outcome.

The Board has delegated responsibility to the Remuneration Committee for setting the remuneration of the Executive

Directors and other members of the Senior Leadership Team. Further information is contained in the report of the

Remuneration Committee on page 40.

R. Directors should exercise independent judgement and

discretion when authorising remuneration outcomes,

taking account of company and individual performance,

and wider circumstances.

The Remuneration Committee oversees the Remuneration Policy and applies independent judgement when setting

objectives for long-term incentive and annual bonus awards linked to Group and individual performance. Further

information is contained in the report of the Remuneration Committee on page 40.

Annual increases to Non-Executive Directors’ fees are approved by the Executive Directors in consideration of salary

increases across the wider workforce.

#### Board of Directors

Function and operation of the Board

The Board of  Directors  meets regularly to  review  strategic, operational and  financial  matters, including proposed  acquisitions

and divestments, and has a formal schedule of matters reserved to it for decision which is reviewed regularly. It approves the

Group’s purpose, values and strategy, the interim and annual financial statements, the annual report, the annual financial plan,

significant contracts and capital investment in addition to reviewing the effectiveness of the internal control systems and business

risks faced by the Group. Where appropriate, it has delegated authority to the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees,

and to other committees of Directors. Information is supplied to the Board in advance of meetings and the Chairman ensures that

all Directors are properly briefed on the matters being discussed. The Board also receives presentations by members of senior

management on different areas of the Group’s business.

![Graphics]()

33

There  are  written  terms  of  reference  for  the  Board  and  its  Committees  which  are  available  to  view  on  the  Group’s  website

and effective communication channels are in place between the Board, senior management and the wider workforce to enable

strategic objectives to be clearly communicated and progress against these monitored.

The role of individual Directors

All Directors must act with integrity, lead by example, and promote the Group’s culture. The Chairman is responsible for leading

the Board, setting its agenda and ensuring its effectiveness. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for managing the business

and the Chief Financial Officer oversees the Group’s financial affairs, including any tax and treasury matters, and investor relations

activities and supports the Chief Executive Officer in implementing corporate strategy and overseeing operational performance.

Non-Executive  Directors  are  required  to  allow  sufficient  time  to  meet  their  Board  responsibilities  and  provide  constructive

challenge, strategic guidance, offer specialist advice and hold management to account. Non-Executive Directors are appointed

for specific  terms,  up  to  a  maximum  of three  years  and  re-appointment  is  not  automatic. The  Articles  of  Association  require

one  third  of  Directors to  retire  in rotation  at  each  Annual  General  Meeting,  but  all  Directors  voluntarily  offer  themselves  for

annual re-election by shareholders. The Board sets out to shareholders in papers accompanying a resolution the reasons why they

believe an individual should be elected. The Chairman confirms to shareholders when proposing re-election that the Director’s

performance remains effective. The Chairman periodically holds meetings with the Non-Executive Directors without the Executive

Directors being present in order to provide a forum in which the performance and actions of the executive team and the wider

business can be discussed freely.

Barbara Moorhouse is the appointed Senior Independent Non-Executive Director (“SID”). The SID provides a sounding board for

the Chairman and serves as an intermediary for the other Directors when necessary. The SID is available to shareholders if they

have concerns which contact through the normal channels of the Chairman or the Executive Directors fail to resolve or for which

such contact is inappropriate. Led by the SID, the Non-Executive Directors meet without the Chairman at least annually to appraise

the Chairman’s performance and on such other occasions as are deemed appropriate.

Changes to Directors during the year

Mike Johns was appointed to the Board as Chief Financial Officer on 17 May 2023, having carried out the role of Acting Chief

Financial Officer from 24 January 2023. Philip Wood, formerly Deputy Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, stood

down from the Board on 20 July 2023.

Alex Curran was appointed to the Board as Acting Chief Executive Officer on 12 July 2023, and was appointed Chief Executive

Officer on 30 November 2023. Jeremy Suddards, formerly Chief Executive Officer, stood down from the Board on 27 July 2023.

Independence of the Non-Executive Directors

In accordance with the recommendations of the UK Corporate Governance Code, throughout the year a majority of the Board

has comprised of independent Non-Executive Directors, except for a short period from when Mike Johns and Alex Curran were

appointed to the Board to when Philip Wood and Jeremy Suddards had stood down from the Board.

The  Board  monitors  the  independence  of  the  Non-Executive  Directors  and  considers  each  Non-Executive  Director  to  be

independent in character and judgement in accordance with the 2018 Corporate Governance Code. The Board concluded that

the independence of the Non-Executive Directors allows them to sufficiently and constructively challenge management and be

free from any business or other relationship which could materially interfere with the exercise of their independent judgement.

#### Board Committees

The Board has delegated certain powers to a Nomination Committee, a Remuneration Committee and an Audit Committee. Each

of these Committees has written terms of reference which clearly specify their authority and duties and these terms of reference

are available on the Group’s website. The terms of reference of each Committee are reviewed regularly by the Board to ensure

they remain appropriate and reflect any changes in legislation, regulation or best practice.

Nomination Committee

Ivan Martin is Chair of the Nomination Committee. During the year, the Committee also comprised Barbara Moorhouse and Sara

Dickinson.

The Nomination Committee meets at least once a year, and its main responsibilities are to:

•  review the structure, size and composition of the Board, its Committees and the Senior Leadership Team, including its balance

of skills and experience and diversity, and make recommendations to the Board with regard to any changes;

•  oversee the process for appointments to the Board and Senior Leadership Team, including the identification and assessment

of potential candidates, and making recommendations on new appointments to the Board for approval;

![Graphics]()

### Corporate Governance Statement

34

•  consider succession planning for Directors and Senior Leadership Team members, taking into account the challenges and

opportunities facing the Group, and therefore the skills and expertise that are needed now and in the future;

•  assess the time commitment required from Non-Executive Directors; and

•  oversee the annual Board effectiveness review process.

During  the  year,  the  Committee  met  formally  three  times,  with  all  members  present  and  a  number  of  ad-hoc  meetings  and

informal discussions were held during the CEO and CFO successor selection process. In addition to this, a separate meeting to

review the effectiveness of the Board was also overseen by the Nomination Committee.

During 2023 the Committee:

•  recommended  to  the  Board  that  Alex  Curran  be  appointed  as  Acting  Chief  Executive  Officer,  following  Jeremy  Suddards

stepping down from the CEO role. The Committee subsequently assessed the leadership qualities displayed by Alex in carrying

out the Acting CEO role and recommended to the Board that she be appointed to the role of Chief Executive Officer on a

permanent basis. In carrying out this assessment, the Committee sought views from shareholders, employees and other key

stakeholders. Ultimately the Committee was happy to recommend to the Board Alex's appointment without needing to carry

out an external selection process. This recommendation received unanimous Board approval.

•  recommended to the Board  that  Mike Johns be appointed as Acting Chief Financial Officer, following the announcement

in January 2023  that  Philip Wood would  be  stepping down as  Deputy  Chief Executive Officer  and  Chief Financial  Officer.

Subsequently,  the  Committee  engaged  Erevena,  an  independent  executive  search  firm,  to  support  in  its  search  for  a

permanent CFO  across a  diverse group  of internal  and external  candidates. Ultimately,  the Committee  determined Mike

Johns to be the best candidate for the CFO role, in light of his experience, personal attributes and the internal and external

feedback received. Its recommendation for his appointment was unanimously supported by the Board. None of the Board

have any connections with Erevena;

•  recommended to the Board that Alex Campbell be appointed as Company Secretary in June 2023, initially on a 12-month

basis, to replace Georgina Sharley who left the business;

•  assessed whether the Board could benefit from additional technical expertise. The Committee recommended that an external

technical adviser be engaged to provide support to the Board rather than appointing an additional Non-Executive Director,

and this recommendation was approved by the Board;

•  carried out a review of the skills of each of the Directors and the independence of each of the Non-Executive Directors, and

recommended Directors for election or re-election at the 2023 Annual General Meeting;

•  undertook a full review of succession plans for the Executive Directors and Senior Leadership Team, and agreed steps to

further strengthen the plans; and

•  undertook a structured, internally-led Board effectiveness review. The findings from this review are described on page 35.

The Committee’s focus in 2024 will be further developing succession plans for the Executive Directors and Senior Leadership Team.

In 2023, a number of Senior Leadership Team members presented to the Board and its Committees on key topics. Opportunities

for interactions outside  of  the Board meeting calendar  were also pursued and  developed.  This will continue  to be an area  of

focus in the future, helping the Board when considering the depth of the Group’s succession plans and identifying high-potential

individuals.

Although  the  Company  has  not  adopted  a  specific  diversity  policy,  the  Board  and  the  Committee  recognises  the  importance

of promoting all aspects of diversity throughout the Group. When considering any new appointments to the Board and Senior

Leadership Team, candidates will continue to be chosen against criteria, including  their  balance  of  skills,  business experience,

independence,  qualifications,  knowledge,  diversity  and  other  factors  relevant  to  the  Board  operating  effectively.  Successful

candidates are chosen on merit against these criteria, regardless of race, gender or religious beliefs, but every effort is made to

ensure that a diverse pool of potential candidates is reached via the recruitment process.

Non-Executive  Directors  are  typically  appointed  for  an  initial  term  of  approximately  three  years  and  subsequent  terms  of

approximately three years where appropriate.  Appointments are subject to annual re-election by shareholders, Details of the

Non-Executive Directors’ terms of appointment are shown in the table below and copies of the Non-Executive Directors’ terms of

appointment are available to view at the Company’s registered office. The Executive Directors also have in place service contracts

without an expiry date, but with notice periods of six months.

![Graphics]()

35

Initial agreement

date

Date of

appointment

Expiry date of

current agreement

Ivan Martin 21 October 2015 1 January 2016 31 December 2024

Barbara Moorhouse 27 February 2017 1 April 2017 1 March 2026

Sara Dickinson 30 September 2021 1 October 2021 1 October 2024

Annual Review of Performance and Effectiveness

The annual review of Board effectiveness for the year ended 31 December 2023 took place on 27 February 2024. The Committee

determined that it was appropriate for an internally facilitated review to be undertaken and approved the structure of the review.

The review took the form of a dedicated session held outside of a scheduled Board meeting, with all Directors and the Company

Secretary in attendance. At this session, Directors were asked to consider:

•  the actions taken in response to the findings from the previous year’s Board effectiveness review;

•  the strategic decisions taken by the Board and its Committees over the past 12 months, and how effective the Board and its

Committees had been in reaching these decisions;

•  the collective effectiveness of the Board and its Committees; and

•  the individual effectiveness of each Board member. Each Board member was required to leave the room while their own

effectiveness was being discussed. The Chairman left the room when his effectiveness was being discussed, and the discussion

was overseen by the Senior Independent Director.

Overall, the review concluded that the Board, its Committees and each Director continued to operate effectively.

Specific actions and objectives were identified from the review to further enhance the Board's performance in overseeing the

business strategy and the key objectives. The findings from the review will also be considered by the Nomination Committee in

Board succession planning.

Annual re-election of Directors

Mike Johns and Alex Curran will be proposed for election as Directors of the Company by shareholders for the first time at the

Group’s Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) on 14 May 2024. In compliance with the 2018 Corporate Governance Code, all other

current Directors will submit themselves for re-election.

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee ensures that remuneration of the Executive Directors and other members of the Senior Leadership

Team is fair, proportionate, in line with the Remuneration Policy and is aligned to the strategy and financial performance of the

Group.

During the year, the Committee was chaired by Barbara Moorhouse and also comprised Ivan Martin and Sara Dickinson. Details

of the Committee’s activities during 2023 are contained in the Directors’ Remuneration Statement on pages 40 to 44 and the

Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 45 to 60.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is authorised by the Board to monitor the integrity of the Company’s financial statements, oversee the work

of the Company’s external auditor, RSM UK Audit LLP (“RSM”) and ensure their continued effectiveness and independence, ensure

that the Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable and review the effectiveness of the Group’s internal financial controls

and risk management systems.

The Audit Committee reports to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities. This includes identifying the significant

issues that it has considered in relation to the financial statements and how these issues are addressed, its assessment of the

effectiveness  of  the  external  audit  process  and  its  recommendation  on  the  reappointment  of  the  Group’s  external  auditors,

together with any other issues on which the Board has asked the Audit Committee’s opinion.

During the year the Audit Committee was comprised of two members, Sara Dickinson, Committee Chair, and Barbara Moorhouse.

In accordance with the recommendations of the 2018 Corporate Governance Code, Ivan Martin is not a member of the Audit

Committee, but he does attend meetings as an observer. The qualifications and experience of all Committee members can be

found on the inside front cover of the Annual Report. Sara has recent and relevant financial experience through her current role

as Chief Financial Officer of a significant global business and the Committee as a whole has competence relevant to the business.

During the year the Committee met three times with all members and the Board chair present. The Executive Directors attended

the Audit Committee meetings throughout 2023 by invitation. Further details are set out on page 38.

![Graphics]()

### Corporate Governance Statement

36

At its meetings in 2023, the Committee:

•  Oversaw the work undertaken by RSM in relation to the audit of the Group’s financial statements for the financial year ended

31 December 2022, and considered the conclusions and findings from this work. The significant judgements considered by

the Audit Committee in its review of the financial statements are set out below.

•  Assessed the performance and independence of RSM, and recommended to shareholders their reappointment at the 2024

Annual General Meeting.

•  Reviewed  the  2022  Annual  Report,  determined  that  it  was  fair,  balanced  and  understandable,  and  recommended  it  for

approval by the Board.

•  Carried out an assessment of the principal and climate-related risks for disclosure in the 2023 Annual Report, and reviewed

these risks during the year to determine that they remained appropriate.

•  Identified areas for an internal audit/assurance review, and considered the findings from these reviews. In 2023, reviews

were undertaken in relation to certain elements of the financial planning process and roles and responsibilities across teams

in relation to software upgrades.

•  Reviewed the findings of work to determine scope 3 emissions and the Company’s overall carbon footprint, and considered

appropriate decarbonisation steps to be taken. Further information on this work is contained in the Responsible Business

Report on page 14.

•  Reported to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities.

•  Monitored the integrity of the financial statements of the Group and any formal announcements.

•  Reviewed the Group's internal financial controls and internal controls and risk management systems.

•  Oversaw any proposed engagement of the external auditor to supply non-audit services. No non-audit services were provided

by the external auditor in 2023.

External Auditor

RSM were appointed external auditor and Graham Ricketts was appointed external audit partner on 17 September 2021. External

audit partners  are rotated  every five  years  in  accordance  with  Auditing  Practices  Board  standards  (seven  years  for  subsidiary

companies). The Committee intends to comply fully with the FRC Guidance on External Auditors and carry out an audit tender

at least every ten years and mandatory rotation at least every 20 years. The Audit Committee meets at least annually with the

Group’s external auditor without the other Directors present. The external auditor has unrestricted access to the Audit Committee.

The Audit Committee and the Board keep the external auditor’s independence under close scrutiny. The Group also receives a

formal statement of independence and objectivity from the external auditors each year. The external auditor did not provide any

non-audit services in 2023 or the prior year.

To fulfil its responsibility regarding the effectiveness of the external Auditor and oversight of the audit process, principal procedures

carried out by the Committee include:

•  Review of the relevant skills and experience of the audit partner and team.

•  Review of the Auditor’s planning report detailing scope of the audit, materiality and identification of areas of audit risk.

•  Consideration of formal  reports from the  Auditor about the  audit process, issues  which  arose during  the  audit and  their

resolution, key accounting issues and judgements.

•  Consideration  of  recommendations  made  by  the  external  Auditor  in  their  management  letters  and  the  adequacy  of

management’s response.

Based upon its reviews the Committee has recommended the reappointment of RSM as external Auditor to the Board.

Significant Judgements

The significant judgements considered by the Audit Committee in its review of the financial statements are set out below.

Revenue Recognition

Embedded  within  the  Group’s  policy  on  revenue  recognition  are  a  number  of  areas  in  which  management  assumptions  and

estimates are necessary.

![Graphics]()

37

These principally comprise:

•  the assessment on inception of each contract of whether ongoing contractual obligations, charged as software maintenance,

represent a separately distinct performance obligation and promise from the licence;

•  the determination of whether these revenues should be recognised over time and the period across which revenue recognition

should take place;

•  the  assessment  that  development  activity,  determined  as  being  the  most  reasonable  measure  of  recognising  software

revenue, is consistent across the period;

•  the evaluation by management on a contract-by-contract basis of where revenue should be constrained to the amount of any

amount invoiced and paid. This exists in customers where the product has not yet been deployed into a live client environment

and sufficient challenges exist that would cast doubt over future economic benefits being realised by the business;

•  whether the entry into annual renewal periods represents a new contract; and

•  the evaluation of whether implementation services represent a distinct performance obligation and promise from the licence.

In undertaking their review, the Audit Committee receives both an overview of significant contracts entered into during the course

of the year along with a sample of other contracts entered into prior to 2023 which provides the opportunity to discuss the impact

and application of each of these assumptions and estimates on the contracts selected. The Audit Committee carefully considered

and discussed with the external auditors the revenue recognition on these contracts and concluded that they are satisfied with

the accounting treatment.

As part of the Audit Committee’s normal activities the Committee was provided with an overview of significant balances, including

deferred income, together with the movement on those balances since the previous year end.

The Committee concluded that the recognition of revenue continues to be in line with the Group’s accounting policy on revenue

recognition.

Annual Goodwill Impairment Review

Goodwill is a material asset on the Group’s balance sheet, and it is the Group’s policy to annually test the asset for impairment.

The judgements in relation to goodwill impairment testing relate to the assumptions applied in calculating the value in use of the

Aptitude business. The key assumptions applied in the calculation relate to the future performance expectations of the business.

Plans prepared by senior management supporting the future performance expectations used in the calculation were reviewed

and approved by the Board. The Audit Committee received a presentation on the outcome of the impairment review performed

by senior management. The Audit Committee concluded that there was no requirement to impair the carrying value of goodwill

at the year end.

Development Costs

As the Group continues to grow its product suite it incurs a significant level of associated costs which this year totalled £17.8 million.

A key area of judgment in respect of development costs is whether any of these meet the criteria set out in IAS 38 for capitalisation.

The  Audit  Committee  received  a  presentation  from  management  outlining  the  review  performed  on  all  development  costs

incurred during the year against the relevant criteria and concluded that no capitalisation was required.

Tax

The Group operates in a number  of  territories which increases the complexity of  the  Group’s tax affairs. Senior management

provide regular updates of the Group’s tax status to the Board and Audit Committee for consideration. The Group continues to

assess the risk that some elements of its supplies in certain USA states would have been subject to sales tax in previous periods as

a result of recent changes in the interpretation and application of sales tax regulations in the USA. The business continues to work

with its external advisors on ensuring it applies sales tax to any new contracts in the USA where required. In all other aspects the

Audit Committee is currently satisfied with the tax position of the Group.

Internal Audit

The Audit Committee, with engagement from the wider Board and senior management, determines those areas of focus requiring

specific internal audit review. Specialist external organisations with relevant experience are engaged where necessary to support

in internal audit reviews, who can bring independence and wider industry knowledge to the reviews. The results of all internal

audit work undertaken are presented to the Audit Committee.

![Graphics]()

### Corporate Governance Statement

38

Overall, the Committee has been comfortable with the processes in relation to identifying areas for assurance review, undertaking

reviews and following up and resolving any findings. The Committee continues to believe that a separate internal audit function is

not required and has recommended this to the Board. The Board has approved this recommendation.

Accounting Standards

There have not been any new accounting standards effective during the year which had any significant impact on the Group’s

accounting policies and disclosures in these financial statements. The Audit Committee continues to monitor the application of

relevant accounting standards to the Group including standards which are not yet effective, engaging with the external auditors

on this subject as appropriate. None of the new standards which are effective for periods beginning after 1 January 2024 are

expected to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

Audit Committee evaluation

During the year, as part of the review of Board effectiveness overseen by the Nomination Committee, the Committee carried out

an evaluation of its effectiveness and concluded that it continued to carry out its role effectively.

#### Board Attendance

Details  of  the  number  of  meetings  of  the  Board  and  its  Committees  and  individual  attendances  by  Directors  and  Committee

members are set out in the table below.

Board

Meetings

Audit

Committee

Remuneration

Committee

Nomination

Committee

Number of Meetings held in 2023 9 3 7 3

Alex Curran (appointed 12 July 2023\*) 4/4 N/A N/A N/A

Sara Dickinson 9/9 3/3 7/7 3/3

Mike Johns (appointed 17 May 2023\*) 5/5 N/A N/A N/A

Ivan Martin 9/9 N/A  7/7 3/3

Barbara Moorhouse 9/9 3/3 7/7 3/3

Jeremy Suddards (resigned on 27 July 2023\*) 5/6 N/A N/A N/A

Philip Wood (resigned on 20 July 2023\*) 4/5 N/A N/A N/A

\* Where a Director has been appointed or resigned during the year, attendance is shown in relation to those meetings held during the year post the appointment date and prior to the

resignation date. Philip Wood and Jeremy Suddards were unable to attend the Board meetings in June and July respectively due to scheduling clashes.

Executive  Directors  attended  some  committee  meetings,  and  the  Chair  attended  the  Audit  Committee,  by  invitation.  These

attendances are not shown in the above table.

During the year, a  total of 11 additional Board meetings and 11 additional Board Committee meetings were also held for the

purpose of discussing ad-hoc or time sensitive matters. These meetings are not included in the above figures.

#### Management Meetings

The Group’s Senior Leadership Team is chaired by Alex Curran, Chief Executive Officer, and meets on a weekly basis to discuss

operational matters, business performance, employee matters, financial position and key developments.

#### Capital Structure

The information required pursuant to the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules is detailed on page 65.

#### Social, Ethical and Environmental Risks

The Board takes regular account of the significance of social, environmental and ethical (“SEE”) matters to the Group’s business

of providing software and services.

The  Board  considers  that  it  has  received  adequate  information  to  enable  it  to  assess  any  significant  risks  to  the  Company’s

short-term and long-term value arising from SEE matters and has concluded that the risks associated with SEE matters are minimal.

The Board will continue to monitor those risks on an ongoing basis and will implement appropriate policies and procedures if

those risks become significant.

![Graphics]()

39

#### Internal Control

The Group maintains an ongoing process in respect of internal control to safeguard shareholders’ investments and the Group’s

assets and to facilitate the effective and efficient operation of the Group.

These processes enable the Group to respond appropriately (in accordance with the Code), and in a timely fashion, to significant

business,  operational,  financial,  compliance  and  other  risks,  which  may  otherwise  prevent  the  achievement  of  the  Group’s

objectives.

The Group recognises that it operates in a competitive market that can be affected by factors and events outside its control. Details

of the principal risks identified by the Group are set out in the table on pages 27 to 30. The Group is committed to mitigating risks

arising wherever possible and reviews the risks impacting the business on an ongoing basis. The Board considers that internal

controls, rigorously applied and monitored, are an essential tool in mitigating risks.

The key elements of the Group’s internal control framework, which have been effective during 2023 and up to the date of approval

of these financial statements, are:

•  the existence of a clear organisational  structure  with defined lines of responsibility  and delegation of authority from  the

Board to its Executive Directors and operating businesses;

•  a procedure for the regular review of business issues and risks by the operating business;

•  a planning and management reporting system operated by the operating business and the Executive Directors; and

•  the establishment of prudent operating and financial policies.

The Directors have overall responsibility for establishing financial and other reporting procedures to provide them with a reasonable

basis on which to make proper judgements as to the financial position and prospects of the Group, and have responsibility for

establishing the Group’s systems of internal control and for monitoring their effectiveness.

The Group’s systems are designed to provide Directors with reasonable assurance that physical and financial assets are safeguarded,

transactions are authorised and properly recorded, and material errors and irregularities are either prevented or detected with

minimum delay. However, systems of internal financial control can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance against

material misstatement or loss.

The key features of the systems of internal financial control include:

•  financial planning process with an annual financial plan approved by the Board. The plan is regularly updated providing an

updated forecast for the year;

•  monthly comparison of actual results against plan;

•  written procedures detailing operational and financial internal control policies which are reviewed on a regular basis;

•  regular reporting to the Board on tax, treasury and legal matters;

•  defined investment control guidelines and procedures; and

•  periodic reviews by the Audit Committee of the Group’s systems and procedures.

Most of the Group’s financial and management information is processed and stored on computer systems. The Group is dependent

on systems that require sophisticated computer networks. The Group has established controls and procedures over the security of

data held on such systems, including business continuity arrangements.

Controls  in  respect  of  financial  reporting  and  the  production  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  well  established.

Group accounting policies are consistently applied and review and reconciliation controls operate effectively. Standard reporting

packages  are  used  by  all  Group  entities  to  ensure  consistent  and  standard  information  is  available  for  the  production  of  the

consolidated financial statements.

On behalf of the Board, the Audit Committee has reviewed the key risks facing the Group, and the operation and effectiveness

of its framework of internal control for the year ended 31 December 2023, and up to the date of approval of the Annual Report.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Statement

40

Directors’ Remuneration Statement

#### Introduction

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the report from the Remuneration Committee (the “Committee”) for the year

ended 31 December 2023. This report describes the Committee’s activities and decisions in 2023 and describes how the Committee

proposes to implement the Directors’ Remuneration Policy (“Policy”) in 2024.

#### Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy

A revised Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders at the Company’s 2023 Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)

with  over  96%  of  votes  cast  in  favour  of  it.  The  Committee  is  pleased  with  the  engagement  with  shareholders  through  the

consultation process and in voting for the revised Policy. The Company also received strong support from shareholders for the

Annual Report on Remuneration at the 2023 AGM, with over 98% of votes received in favour of the report.

It  was  determined  that  the  previous  Policy  was  broadly  fit  for  purpose  and  therefore  only  a  small  number  of  changes  were

proposed, to ensure that the Committee retained sufficient flexibility to attract, retain and incentivise high calibre individuals. A

key change gives the Committee additional headroom under the Management Bonus and Performance Share Plan. The Committee

did not utilise this additional headroom in 2023 and has no current intention to do so in 2024.

#### Business context and wider workforce remuneration

2023 was a year of significant strategic importance for Aptitude. As reported in the Chairman’s Statement and Chief Executive

Officer’s  Report,  the  year  saw  the  Group  refocus  its  strategy  around  Fynapse  and  its  core  products,  implement  a  globalised

organisation structure with a specific focus on growth and  client  experience,  make  changes  to  the executive directorship and

put in  place  a new Senior  Leadership Team  (“SLT”).  Work on  implementing  the refocused  strategy  will continue  in 2024. The

composition of our SLT now truly reflects Aptitude as an international group, and has representation from across our countries of

operation. The ability of the Group to attract, retain and promote the right talent across countries has been strongly supported by

the changes made to the Remuneration Policy in 2023.

Aptitude offers  all  employees a  remuneration package that  consists of  salary  and benefits,  annual bonus  and,  in some  cases,

long-term  incentives.  The  Group,  with  the  Committee’s  oversight,  offers  salaries  and  awards  salary  increases  reflecting  the

role, individual performance and local market conditions. The Group also offers all of its employees a comprehensive range of

retirement, healthcare and other benefits.

All permanent employees of the Group participate in one of the bonus schemes in operation, namely the Management Bonus

Scheme, Sales Commission Plans, the Consultants’ Bonus Scheme, the Variable Compensation Scheme and the Annual Profit Share

Bonus Plan. All employees are invited annually to participate in our sharesave schemes and potentially benefit from an increase in

Aptitude’s share price at the end of the term.

The Committee maintains its focus on ensuring that key employees are appropriately incentivised over the longer term. There

is  engagement  with  the  workforce  on  remuneration  and  benefits  through  all-hands  meetings,  and  in  individual  discussions

with  managers.    In  consideration  of  comments  received  from  our  workforce,  awards  of  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”)  were

introduced in 2023 to key individuals outside of the SLT. These awards provide a clearer means of providing longer term incentives

to  international  employees,  whilst  retaining  the  link  to  overall  corporate  performance  by  being  awarded  in  shares  -  further

information is provided on pages 41 and 42. The Committee will continue to grant long term incentives to Executive Directors and

SLT members in the form of Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) awards, as it is appropriate for the potential total reward of these

individuals to be specifically linked to the generation of shareholder value.

#### Approach to executive remuneration in 2023

Salaries

Alex  Curran  was  appointed  to  the  Board  as  Acting  Chief  Executive  Officer  on  12  July  2023  with  a  salary  of  US$358,000.  This

salary was subsequently increased to US$450,000 on Alex’s appointment as Chief Executive Officer on a permanent basis on 30

November 2023.  This  appointment  followed  the  Board’s  assessment  of her  strong  performance  in  the Acting  Chief  Executive

Officer role and positive feedback received from shareholders and other stakeholders. The Committee determined an appropriate

salary with reference to comparable companies of similar market capitalisations, Alex’s level of performance in the Acting Chief

Executive Officer role and other salary levels across the business. Mike Johns was appointed to the Board as Chief Financial Officer

on 17 May 2023, with a salary of £175,000, significantly below the salary applying to his predecessor.

Philip Wood, formerly Deputy Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, did not receive a salary increase in 2023, and

received a pro-rated salary in line with his reduced time commitment during the six month period of notice until his departure

![Graphics]()

41

from the business  on  29 July 2023.  As  disclosed in  the  2022 Remuneration Report,  Jeremy  Suddards’ salary was  increased  to

£326,970 with effect from 1 April 2023 remaining at this level until his departure from the business on 31 July 2023.

The Group’s approach to Executive Director salaries for 2024 is discussed on page 42.

Variable remuneration outcomes:

The overall performance of the Group in 2023 is discussed in the Strategic Report on pages 2 to 12.

Management Bonus Scheme

The Policy approved  by shareholders at  the  2023 AGM permitted  the award of  a  bonus opportunity  of  up to  150%  of salary.

However, as we referred to in the 2022 Directors’ Remuneration Report, we did not utilise this headroom in 2023.

On their appointments to the Board, the Committee determined that Mike Johns and Alex Curran would be eligible to earn bonuses

for 2023 of up to 80% of salary, subject  to performance against specific financial and non-financial metrics, which is below the

established 125% of salary limit in the Policy. The Committee subsequently agreed that Alex Curran would also be eligible to earn

up to an additional US$50,000 specifically linked to the performance in the Chief Executive Role in the second half of 2023.

As in previous years, the Committee determined that 75% of the bonus opportunity for each Executive Director would be based

on performance against financial metrics, with the remaining 25% based on non-financial objectives specific to each individual. In

the case of the bonus opportunities of up to 80% of salary, the financial metrics were based on a combination of Annual Recurring

Revenue (“ARR”) and Adjusted Operating Profit (with a 50:50 weighting). In the case of Alex Curran’s bonus opportunity of up to

$50,000 linked to her Chief Executive Officer role, the financial measure was based solely on ARR.

In  assessing  the  bonus  outturns  for  2023,  the  Committee  determined  that  the  initial  bonus  opportunities  set  for  Mike  Johns

and Alex Curran would be reduced by half and based on performance in the second half of 2023. No reduction was made to the

additional $50,000  bonus  opportunity  to  Alex Curran  as this  already related  to  second-half  performance.  Consistent  with  the

approach adopted for the wider leadership team and other employees participating in bonus arrangements, the financial targets

for Mike and Alex were re-set by reference to performance in the second half, with an appropriate level of stretch.

Details of the performance measures set for the year and the achievements against them are disclosed on page 51. On the basis

of the achievements against the objectives set Mike Johns earned a bonus of £14,577 and Alex Curran earned a bonus of £30,428.

20% of the total bonus payments to Alex Curran and Mike Johns will be paid in the form of shares deferred for a period of two

years, ensuring longer term alignment with the interests of shareholders.

Neither Jeremy Suddards nor Philip Wood received a bonus payment for the year ended 31 December 2023.

Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) awards granted in 2023

Under the changes to the Policy agreed in 2023, the maximum PSP award for each Executive Director was increased from 125%

to 150% of salary, with the Committee having the ability to make awards of up to 200% of salary in exceptional circumstance. The

Committee did not utilise the additional headroom in 2023, nor does it have any intention to do so in 2024.

PSP awards were made to Alex Curran and Mike Johns on 6 September 2023 at 125% of salary (in line with our usual level of grant

under the Policy), equal to awards over 121,215 shares and 74,659 shares respectively. The Committee believed that awards at this

level were appropriate given the changes in the Company leadership and the overall incentive levels across the various elements of

the Executive Directors’ remuneration packages. The Committee retains the discretion to adjust the vesting outturns for these awards

having regard to overall Company performance, the wider stakeholder experience, and the outcome of prior year PSP schemes.

The performance conditions for the awards granted in 2023 are 75% attributable to relative TSR and 25% attributable to EPS

growth, which is consistent with the approach taken in 2022. The rationale for the 75:25 weighting is to align the 2023 performance

measures with the Group’s strategic focus of maximising revenue growth in order to support long term growth in the Group’s

share price. Details of the performance measures are set out on page 50. EPS will be assessed for 2025, being the final year of the

EPS performance period. TSR will be assessed over three years from the date of grant of the awards. The awards will be subject to

a two year holding period following the Committee’s determination of vesting at the end of the TSR performance period.

#### Vesting of Performance Share Plan awards

The PSP awards granted on 7 September 2020 were subject  to  a  three  year  TSR  only  performance  condition  which  ended  on

7 September 2023. The Remuneration Committee confirmed that these awards achieved nil vesting, as the Company’s TSR in the

performance period was below the median of the constituents of the FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts).

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Statement

42

#### Stakeholder engagement

The Committee engages with and seeks the views of its key stakeholders, in particular shareholder groups and employees. During

2023, the Committee concluded its consultation with major shareholders and proxy advisors on the proposed changes to the

Policy. The Chair of the Remuneration Committee, with the support of the Company Secretary, also engaged with a number of

shareholder groups on matters relating to the Group’s approach to executive remuneration. The views of these groups were taken

into consideration when proposing changes to the Policy to the 2023 AGM.

As a result of active engagement with employees, the Committee approved making long term incentive awards in 2023 in the form

of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to key individuals outside of the Senior Leadership Team (“SLT”). These awards are in addition to

the PSP awards that will continue to be made to Executive Directors and SLT members. The feedback received had been that RSUs

would provide a clearer means of awarding longer term incentives to international employees across the Group.

The communication with employees around the launch of the RSU scheme has provided a helpful basis for senior leadership, with

support from the Committee, to engage with key members of the international workforce on the linkage between strategy, business

operations and the expectations of investors in UK listed companies. The Committee has continued to engage directly with Executive

Directors and SLT members on matters relating to their remuneration and the remuneration of the wider  workforce.  In  turn,  the

Executive Directors and SLT members engage with the wider workforce through individual and team sessions to communicate on

performance and remuneration outcomes. Regular empolyee surveys are used to seek feedback from the wider workforce on a range

of satisfaction measures, including pay and benefits, and relevant feedback is shared with the Committee.

#### Approach to Executive Director remuneration in 2024

The Group’s approach to Executive remuneration in 2024 will be in line with the Policy and in accordance with the recommendations

of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code, as follows:

Executive Director base salaries

In line with policy across the organisation, the Committee reviews the level of base salaries for Executive Directors annually. The review

takes account of business context, personal performance and relative salary data both internal and external to the organisation. Taking

account of business performance and expected progress against the refreshed business strategy, the Committee has agreed with Alex

Curran that her salary be reduced by c11% to US$400,000 from 1 April 2024. Mike Johns’ salary for 2024 will remain at £175,000, the

level at which it was set when he was appointed to the Board.

For all our employees, including the Executive Directors, the Committee maintains a watching brief on the competitiveness of

base salary levels and, should these become misaligned, may look to review and address these, subject to corporate and individual

performance.

Retirement benefits

Pension contributions for Executive Directors remain at 6% of salary in accordance with the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, a level

which is consistent with pension contributions provided to the wider workforce.

Management Bonus Scheme

For 2024, the maximum bonus opportunity for Executive Directors will be 125% of salary, which is in line with our normal practice.

The level of bonuses earned will be subject to the achievement of appropriate performance measures. 75% of the opportunity will

be based on financial performance measures (expected to be based on Operating Profit, Annual Recurring Revenue and Revenue

with an equal weighting) and 25% on non-financial measures linked to the delivery of the Group’s key strategic goals. In order to

underpin the importance of in year revenue growth in driving overall profitability, Revenue has been added as a specific financial

performance measure for the first time. The payment of any bonus in respect of non-financial measures will be conditional on

the achievement of a financial underpin. A bonus deferral mechanism will continue to be applied, meaning that 20% of any bonus

payment earned will be subject to a deferral period of two years and payable in shares.

PSP awards

The maximum PSP opportunity will be 125% of salary, in line with 2023. We will grant PSP awards after the release of the half

yearly results and will have regard to share price performance and other relevant factors when confirming the grants.

The performance measures will include a relative TSR  measure  for  at  least 50% of the award and at least one  other  financial

metric, such as EPS. The TSR measure will compare the Group’s TSR performance against a comparator group consisting of the

FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts) over a three year period from the date of grant, with 25% vesting for median

performance rising to 100% for upper-quartile performance. The weighting of the performance measures and the performance

targets for the other financial metric will be disclosed both at grant and in the 2024 Directors’ Remuneration Report.

![Graphics]()

43

Looking ahead – key focus areas for the Committee for 2024

During 2024, the Committee will continue to monitor and review our remuneration approach to ensure that it best supports the

areas of strategic focus of the business. The Committee will also continue to oversee the application of the Remuneration Policy

to ensure that Aptitude can continue to attract and retain high calibre individuals across its countries of operation in challenging

global economic conditions which impact both companies and employees.

In 2024, the Committee will continue to oversee the overall remuneration for members of the SLT and other key employees.

Following the introduction of RSUs in 2023, the Committee now has greater flexibility in making long-term incentive awards to

key employees outside the SLT. The Committee will oversee a thorough review of the proposed RSU awards in 2024 to ensure

alignment with the strategic priorities of the business. The Committee will also oversee the communication of these awards to

ensure that the structure of the scheme and potential benefits are clearly understood by recipients across countries.

#### Reporting and policy requirements

This report comprises:

Part A being a summary of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy as approved by shareholders at the 2023 Annual General Meeting

(which will not be subject to approval at the 2024 AGM); and

Part B being the Annual Report on Remuneration, which provides details of the remuneration to Directors in respect of the year

ended 31 December 2023. This will be subject to an advisory vote at the 2024 AGM.

#### Compliance

This report (comprising this introduction and Parts A and B) has been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and

The Large and Medium Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008. It also meets the requirements

of the FCA’s Listing Rules and the Disclosure and Transparency Rules. The Committee has further adopted the principles of good

governance as set out in the 2018 version of the UK Corporate Governance Code, in respect of the year ended 31 December 2023.

The Group employs fewer than 250 employees in the United Kingdom and accordingly is not required to disclose a Chief Executive

Officer (“CEO”) pay ratio calculation. Given that most of its workforce is outside of the UK, the Group considers that the voluntary

publication of such a calculation would not provide a meaningful disclosure. However, in light of the salary level of the current CEO

compared to her predecessor and overall salary levels across the business, the Committee continues to conclude that the CEO pay

ratio would be below median in comparison to its peer group.

The Group has internal processes in place to ensure that pay levels across the Group are fair in relation to industry levels, role type

and gender of employee. Further details on the Group’s approach to diversity and inclusion can be found on page 14.

Information in relation to wider workforce remuneration is provided to the Committee in order that its decisions on remuneration

for Executive Directors and senior management are taken in the context of wider workforce pay.

#### How the Committee has addressed Provision 40 of the UK Corporate Governance Code

Clarity

Performance  metrics  and  personal  objectives  for  the  executive  team  reflect  the  Group’s  targets  and  strategic  objectives  and

performance against these is scrutinised by the Committee. A balance is thereby achieved between the interests of the Group’s

shareholders, its wider stakeholders and incentivising the executive team. The introduction of RSUs in 2023 has enabled greater

clarity in the communication of long-term incentives to key employees across countries.

Simplicity

The elements of the Group’s executive remuneration packages are clearly communicated internally and externally and are in line

with accepted market practice, avoiding unnecessary complexities and ensuring transparency. The introduction of RSUs in 2023

has added further simplicity to Aptitude’s long-term incentive arrangements.

Risk

Performance metrics and personal objectives are set at levels that are considered stretching but achievable.

Remuneration packages are reviewed by the Committee to ensure that these are market-competitive and allow the Group to

attract and retain talented employees with the skills and capabilities that are necessary to drive forward the growth and success

of the Group.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Statement

44

In relation to Executive Directors. PSP awards are subject to a two-year holding period following the conclusion of the three-year

performance period, in-service and post-employment shareholding guidelines and a bonus deferral arrangement are in place to

support long term engagement and discourage short-termism.

Predictability

The Committee carefully considers the potential overall remuneration that may be earned by the Executive Directors to ensure

alignment to performance.

Proportionality

Individual remuneration reflects Group objectives but is dependent on the profitability of the Group and is appropriately balanced

against risk considerations. Potential rewards are market competitive and the Committee is comfortable that the range of potential

out-turns are appropriate and reasonable. The vesting of PSP awards is subject to a financial underpin and the Committee has the

ability to vary any formulaic vesting outcomes. The Committee also has discretion to reduce the level of vesting of RSU awards in

light of an assessment of Company performance against a number of criteria.

Salary reviews are considered in the context of those being awarded to the wider workforce. Pension arrangements are also in

line with the wider workforce.

Alignment to culture

Performance metrics and personal objectives are intentionally aligned with the Group’s corporate purpose, values and strategic

objectives. These values are embedded in the remuneration arrangements for all levels of the organisation in order to support the

collective delivery of the Group’s strategy.

![Graphics]()

### Directors' Remuneration Report

45

A. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY (“POLICY”)

The Company’s Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders at the 2023 Annual General Meeting. A summary

of the Policy for the Executive Directors, Chairman and Non-Executive Directors is set out below.

The entire Policy, as approved by shareholders, may be found on the Group’s website at https://www.aptitudesoftware.com/wp-

content/uploads/Annual-Report-2022.pdf on pages 58 to 66.

This part of the Report is unaudited.

#### Remuneration policy for Executive Directors

#### Executive Directors’ Policy Table

Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum opportunity Performance metrics

Basic salary

To pay a competitive basic salary to attract,

retain and motivate the talent required to

operate and develop the Group’s businesses

and to develop and deliver the Group’s

strategy.

Basic salaries are ordinarily reviewed on an

annual basis taking into account a number of

factors including (but not limited to):

(i)  scope of the role;

(ii)   performance and experience of the

individual;

(iii)  pay levels at comparable companies; and

(iv)   pay and conditions elsewhere in the

Group.

Basic salaries are reviewed when an

individual changes role or responsibilities.

While no maximum salary level has been set,

salary increases will typically not exceed the

increases awarded to other employees in the

Group (in percentage of salary terms).

In appropriate circumstances, increases of

a higher amount may be made taking into

account individual circumstances such as:

•  an increase in scope or responsibility of

the individual’s role;

•  development of the individual within the

role (including enhanced performance);

•  alignment to market level; and

•  a change in the size or complexity of the

business.

None, although overall performance of the

individual will be taken into consideration by

the Committee when setting and reviewing

salary levels.

Retirement benefits

To provide an opportunity for Executives to

build up income for retirement.

All Executive Directors are eligible to

participate in the Group Personal Pension

Scheme on the same terms as other

employees. In appropriate

circumstances, Executive Directors may

receive a cash allowance in lieu of a pension

contribution, or a combination of a pension

contribution and a cash allowance.

Pension contribution

The Group matches employee contributions

on a 2:1 basis with employer contributions

not exceeding 6% of basic salary. No element

other than basic salary is pensionable.

Cash allowance

The maximum cash allowance (after

deducting any employer pension

contribution) is 6% of basic salary.

The maximum pension contribution and/

or cash allowance may be increased to take

account of any increase to the retirement

benefits provision for the wider workforce.

None.

Benefits

To provide market-competitive benefits.

Executive Directors receive benefits which

consist primarily of income protection in

the event of long-term ill health, private

healthcare insurance and death-in-service

benefits.

Other benefits may be provided based on

individual circumstances, such as relocation

and travel expenses.

No maximum value of benefits has been set

as benefits vary by role. However, the level of

benefits provided is set at a level which the

Committee considers to be sufficient based

on the role and individual circumstances.

None.

Management Bonus Scheme

To incentivise and reward strong

performance against financial and non-

financial annual targets, thus delivering value

to shareholders.

The Committee assesses actual performance

compared to the performance targets

following the completion of the financial year

and determines the bonus payable to each

individual.

The Committee has discretion to amend the

pay-out should any formulaic outcome not

reflect the Committee’s assessment

of overall business performance or if it

considers the formulaic output inappropriate

in the context of circumstances that were

unexpected or unforeseen.

For Executive Directors, 20% of any bonus

earned will be deferred into shares for a

period of two years, with the remainder

payable in cash.

Deferred Bonus Plan awards may take

the form of nil (or nominal) cost options,

conditional awards of shares or such other

form as has the same economic effect.

The maximum annual opportunity is 150%

of salary.

Performance measures and targets (and

their weightings where there is more than

one measure) are set by the Committee on

an annual basis to reflect the Company’s

strategic priorities.

At least 75% of the opportunity will be based

on key financial measures, and the balance

will be based on non-financial measures.

Financial measures

Up to 50% of the maximum payable in

respect of a financial measure will be paid for

on target performance, increasing to 100%

for stretch performance.

Non-financial measures

Vesting in respect of any non-financial

measure will be between 0% and 100%

based on the Committee’s assessment of

the extent to which the relevant measure

is achieved. Vesting in respect of any

non-financial measure will ordinarily be

subject to the satisfaction of a financial

performance underpin.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Report

46

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum opportunity Performance metrics

An additional payment may be made in

respect of shares subject to deferred bonus

awards to reflect the value of dividends paid

during the period beginning with the date

of grant and ending with the date of release

(this payment may assume the reinvestment

of dividends into additional shares on a

cumulative basis).

Bonuses are subject to malus and clawback

provisions as referred to below the table.

Performance Share Plan (“PSP”)

To drive sustained long-term performance

that supports the creation of shareholder

value.

The PSP is used to provide a meaningful

reward to Executive Directors linked to

the long-term success of the business, by

delivering annual awards in the form of nil

(or nominal)-cost options, conditional awards

of shares or such other form as has the same

economic effect.

Awards will be granted subject to

performance conditions, assessed over a

period of at least three years, but will not

vest or become exercisable until the end of

a holding period of two years from the date

on which the performance conditions are

assessed.

Alternatively, awards may be granted on

the basis that the participant is entitled to

acquire shares following the assessment of

the applicable performance conditions but

that (other than as regards sales to cover tax

liabilities) the participant is unable to dispose

of those shares until the end of the holding

period.

The Committee has discretion to vary the

formulaic vesting outturn if it considers that

the outturn does not reflect the Committee’s

assessment of performance or is not

appropriate in the context of circumstances

that were unexpected or unforeseen at grant.

An additional payment may be made in

respect of shares which vest under the PSP

to reflect the value of dividends during any

period beginning with the date of grant and

ending on the day of exercise (this payment

may assume the reinvestment of dividends

into additional shares on a cumulative basis).

Awards under the PSP are subject to malus

and clawback provisions as referred to below

the table.

The Committee may, at its discretion,

structure awards as Qualifying PSP awards

comprising both a tax qualifying option and

an ordinary PSP award, with the ordinary

PSP award scaled back at exercise to take

account of any gain made on the exercise of

the tax qualifying option. The provisions of

the Policy apply to the tax qualifying option

to the extent permitted by the relevant tax

legislation.

The PSP provides for awards of up to a

maximum limit of 150% of basic salary in

respect of any financial year of the Company

in normal circumstances.

In exceptional circumstances (such as on the

recruitment of a new Executive Director)

awards in respect of any financial year may

be granted at the level of up to 200% of

salary.

Where an award is granted as a Qualifying

PSP Award, the shares subject to the

tax qualifying option are not taken into

account for the purposes of these limits,

reflecting the “scale back” referred to in the

“Operation” column.

Vesting of PSP awards is subject to

performance against demanding

performance measures. Performance metrics

will ordinarily be based on financial measures

(such as EPS and TSR) and provide for 25% of

the award to vest for achieving a threshold

level of performance, with vesting typically

increasing on a straight line basis to full

vesting for meeting or exceeding a stretching

maximum level of performance.

Save As You Earn Scheme/

International Sharesave Plan

To give all employees in the Group the

opportunity to buy shares.

All qualifying employees and Executive

Directors of the Group are invited to

participate in the Save As You Earn Scheme

or International Sharesave Plan.

Awards must comply with certain legislative

requirements to benefit from beneficial tax

treatment.

Employees can save up to £500 per month

(being the highest amount permitted under

the relevant legislation) for a three year

period, and can then use those savings to

acquire shares at the end of the period at an

exercise price set at the start of the savings

contract. Awards in the United Kingdom

can be made at a discount of up to 20%

to the market value of a share (being the

highest level of discount permitted under the

applicable legislation).

None.

![Graphics]()

47

#### Notes to the Policy Table

#### Selection of performance measures

The performance measures under the Management Bonus Scheme and PSP are selected to reflect the main KPIs and strategic

priorities for the Group. The Committee’s policy is to set performance targets which are both stretching and achievable and that

the maximum outcomes are only available for outstanding performance.

Performance conditions applying to subsisting awards may be amended or substituted by the Committee if an event occurs (such

as a change in strategy, a material acquisition or divestment of a Group business or a change in prevailing market conditions)

which causes the Committee to determine that the measures are no longer appropriate and that amendment is required in order

that they achieve their original purpose.

#### Operation of share plans

The Committee has discretion to operate the Company’s share plans (including the PSP, the Deferred Bonus Plan, the Save As You

Earn Scheme and the International Sharesave Plan) in accordance with their terms, including the ability to settle awards, in whole

or in part, in cash and to adjust the terms of awards in the event of any variation of the Company’s share capital or any demerger,

delisting, special dividend or other relevant event. The Committee has no intention to settle any Executive Director’s award in cash

and would do so only in exceptional circumstances, such as where there was a regulatory restriction on the delivery of shares, or

in respect of any tax liability arising in respect of an award.

#### Shareholding guidelines

During employment, Executive Directors are expected to acquire and retain shares with a value equal to 200% of their base salary,

by the end of the three year period following their appointment to the Board. Directors are not expected to acquire shares in

the market in order to meet this guideline, but instead are expected to retain shares acquired through the Group’s share plans.

Shares  subject  to  PSP  awards  which  have  vested  but  which  remain  subject  to  a  holding  period,  shares  subject  to  vested  but

unexercised PSP awards and shares subject to Deferred Bonus Plan awards count towards the guideline on a net of assumed tax

basis. Shareholdings will be valued on an annual basis at 31 December for the purpose of this guideline.

Other senior executives must retain half of the after-tax number of shares they acquire pursuant to the PSP until the day that their

shareholding has a value equal to their basic salary.

The Company adopted a post-employment shareholding requirement during 2020. Shares are subject to this requirement only if

they are acquired from share plan awards (PSP or Deferred Bonus Plan) granted after 1 January 2020. Following employment, an

Executive Director must retain:

•  until the audit sign-off of the financial statements for the year in which they leave the business, such of their shares which

are subject to the post-employment requirement as are equal to the shareholding guideline that applies during employment

(currently 200% of salary); and

•  until the audit sign-off of the financial statements for the following year, such of those shares as are equal to 50% of the

shareholding guideline that applies during employment;

or in either case and if fewer, all of those shares.

#### Malus and clawback

Malus may be applied before a bonus is paid or before the assessment of performance conditions in relation to a PSP award.

Clawback may be applied to a cash bonus for up to two years after payment, to a PSP award for up to two years following the

assessment of performance conditions (i.e. up to the end of the two year holding period) and to a Deferred Bonus Plan award

before it vests.

Malus  and  clawback  may  be  applied  in  the  event  of  a  material  misstatement  of  accounts,  an  error in  assessing  performance

conditions, misconduct  on  the part  of  the participant,  fraud,  malpractice, corporate failure,  serious reputational damage  or a

material failure of risk management.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Report

48

#### Remuneration policy for Non-Executive Directors

The Policy for Non-Executive Directors is set by the Board having taken account of the fees in other companies of similar size and

the limits set in the Company’s Articles of Association. When recruiting Non-Executive Directors, the remuneration offered will

be in line with the Policy table below.

#### Non-Executive Directors’ Policy Table

Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum opportunity Performance measures

Fees

To attract and retain Non-Executive

Directors of the highest calibre with broad

commercial and other experience relevant

to the Company.

Each Non-Executive Director is paid a

basic fee. Additional fees are payable for

acting as Senior Independent Director and

as Chairman of the Audit, Remuneration

and Nomination Committees and may

be paid for other roles or increased time

commitments.

The fees paid to the Non-Executive Directors

are determined by the Board.

Fee levels are determined by reference

to fees paid to Non-Executive Directors in

similar sized businesses and the expected

time commitment and complexity of the

role.

The Non-Executive Directors are not

eligible to participate in the Company’s

performance-related incentive plans or

pension arrangements.

Non-Executive Directors may be eligible

to receive benefits such as the use of

secretarial support, travel costs and

other benefits that may be considered

appropriate.

Non-Executive Director fees are typically

reviewed by the Board every year with any

adjustments ordinarily effective from 1 April

each year.

Increases typically do not exceed those

of the wider workforce, however, in

appropriate circumstances, increases of a

higher amount may be made taking into

account individual circumstances such as:

• an increase in scope or responsibility of

the individual’s role;

•  alignment to market level; and

• a change in the size or complexity of the

business.

The maximum aggregate fees for all

Non-Executive Directors will remain within

the limit permitted by the Company’s

Articles of Association from time to time.

None.

#### B ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION

The  following  section  provides  details  of  how  the  Company’s  Remuneration  Policy  was  implemented  during  the  year  ended

31 December 2023 along with information on how the Policy is to be applied in 2024 and other required disclosures. The sections

of the report which are audited are clearly identified as such in the section heading.

#### Role of the Remuneration Committee

The  Committee’s  primary  function  is  to  ensure  that  the  delivery  of  the  Company’s  strategy  is  supported  by  the  Company’s

Remuneration Policy (“Policy”) and that remuneration decisions are taken in accordance with the Policy and reflect the needs of

the Company and its stakeholders. The Committee’s responsibilities during 2023 included:

•  finalising the proposed changes to the Policy for approval by shareholders at the 2023 AGM, following the conclusion of a

consultation with major shareholders;

•  approving remuneration arrangements for the new CEO and CFO, reflecting their initial appointments on an acting basis and

their subsequent permanent appointments;

•  approving remuneration arrangements for newly appointed members of the Senior Leadership Team;

•  assessing and approving the implementation of Restricted Stock Units (“RSU”) as a means of more appropriately awarding

long term incentives to key employees who are not Executive Directors or members of the Senior Leadership Team;

•  approving  final  remuneration  arrangements  for  Executive  Directors  and  members  of  the  Senior  Leadership  Team  who

departed the business in 2023; and

•  making other routine remuneration decisions in accordance with the Policy, including the approval of annual salary increases

and the awarding of annual bonuses, PSPs and RSUs on appropriate terms. Also confirming that the 2020 PSP had nil vesting,

in light of company performance against the performance condition.

The Committee’s full terms of reference provide further details of the roles and responsibilities of the Committee and are available

on the Company’s website.

![Graphics]()

49

#### Remuneration Committee membership in 2023

The  membership  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  throughout  2023  comprised  Barbara  Moorhouse  (Committee  Chair),  Ivan

Martin and Sara Dickinson.

Only Committee members have the right to attend Committee meetings, though other individuals such as the Executive Directors

may attend by invitation. Deloitte LLP provide independent remuneration advice to the Committee. Other external consultants

provide advice to the Committee from time to time. No individuals are involved in decisions relating to their own remuneration.

The Committee held seven scheduled meetings, plus a number of additional ad hoc meetings for the purpose of approving specific

matters during the financial year. Details of members’ attendance at meetings are provided in the Corporate Governance section

on page 37.

#### Single total figure of remuneration (audited)

#### Executive Directors

The  table  below  sets  out  a  single  figure  for  the  total  remuneration  received  by  each  Executive  Director  for  the  year  ended

31 December 2023 and the prior year.

Alex Curran

1

Mike Johns

2

Jeremy Suddards

3

Philip Wood

4

2023

£

2022

£

2023

£

2022

£

2023

£

2022

£

2023

£

2022

£

Basic Salary 133,578 N/A 109,124

N/A

187,740

307,500

104,415

258,769

Taxable

Benefits

5

5,867 N/A 12

N/A

743

1,286

693

1,716

Pension 2,414 N/A 6,553

N/A

11,265

17,100

6,422

15,170

Management Bonus

6

30,428 N/A 14,577

N/A

–

65,707

–

48,973

Long Term Incentives – N/A –

N/A

–

–

–

–

Total 172,287 N/A 130,266

N/A

199,748

391,593

111,530

324,628

Total

Fixed

Remuneration

141,859 N/A 115,689

N/A

199,748

325,886

111,530

275,655

Total

Variable

Remuneration

30,428 N/A 14,577

N/A – 65,707 – 48,793

1   Alex Curran was appointed to the Board on 12 July 2023. Her single total figure of remuneration for 2023 has been calculated from her date of appointment and excludes any

remuneration received in the capacity of an employee prior to that date. The full Management Bonus received in 2023 has been included, reflecting the period in respect of which

the Management Bonus was earned - see commentary on pages 50 and 51 on the assessment of performance for the 2023 Management Bonus. As Alex is paid in USD, her monthly

fixed remuneration has been converted to GBP based on the FX rates at each month end. Her management bonus has been converted to GBP based on the FX rate at 31 December

2023.

2   Mike Johns was appointed to the Board  on  17 May 2023. His single total figure of remuneration  for  2023 has been calculated from his date of appointment and  excludes  any

remuneration received in the capacity of an employee prior to that date. The full Management Bonus received in 2023 has been included, reflecting the period in respect of which

the Management Bonus was earned - see commentary on pages 50 and 51 on the assessment of performance for the 2023 Management Bonus.

3   Jeremy Suddards stepped down as Director of the Company on 27 July 2023. He received his full basic salary, pension and benefits up until that date and retained those PSP and

Deferred Bonus Plan awards for which the performance period had already concluded. Information in relation to certain other payments made to him is set out on page 53.

4   Philip Wood stepped down as Director of the Company on 20 July 2023. He received a pro-rated amount of basic salary, pension and benefits up until that date to reflect the reduced

time commitment during his notice period.

5   Taxable benefits consist primarily of private healthcare insurance.

6   See below for details of bonuses earned under the Management Bonus Scheme in respect of 2023.

#### Non-Executive Directors

The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Non-Executive Director (including Ivan Martin,

Non-Executive Chairman) who served during the year ended 31 December 2023 and the prior year. As the Non-Executive Directors

do not participate in any variable remuneration arrangement, separate sub-totals for fixed and variable remuneration are not

included.

Ivan

Martin

Barbara

Moorhouse

Sara

Dickinson

2023

£

2022

£

2023

£

2022

£

2023

£

2022

£

Basic Salary

1

161,088 154,584 52,000 49,901 52,000 49,901

Committee Chair/SID Fees 6,510 6,247 16,180 14,223 9,245 7,136

Total 167,598 160,831 68,180 64,124 61,245 57,037

1.  Non-Executive Directors’ fees were increased with effect from 1 April 2023 as disclosed in the 2022 Directors’ Remuneration Report.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Report

50

#### Incentive outcomes for the year ended 31 December 2023 (audited)

#### Management Bonus Scheme

The Committee’s approach to the determination of bonuses for the Executive Directors in respect of 2023 is set out in the

statement from the Chair of the Committee on page 41. As described in that statement, each Executive Director was initially

awarded a maximum bonus opportunity of 80% of their salary (the “Management Bonus”) and Alex Curran was awarded an

additional maximum bonus opportunity of up to $50,000 specifically linked to the Chief Executive Role in the second half

(the “Chief Executive Bonus”). The Management Bonus opportunities were subsequently reduced by half and assessed by

reference to performance in the second half of the year, with the financial performance measures being re-set accordingly. The

performance measures and the achievements against them are set out below.

As in previous years, the Committee determined that 75% of the Management Bonus opportunity for each Executive Director

would be based on performance against financial metrics, being a combination of Annual Recurring Revenue (“ARR”) and

Adjusted Operating Profit (weighted 50:50), with the remaining 25% based on non-financial objectives specific to each

individual. 75% of the Chief Executive Bonus was similarly based on financial metrics, based solely on ARR, with the remaining

25% based on non-financial objectives.

#### Financial performance measures (75% of the bonus opportunity)

As set out in the statement from the Committee Chair, and consistent with the approach adopted for the wider leadership

team and other employees participating in bonus arrangements, the financial targets were re-set during the year so that

they would be assessed only by reference to performance in the second half of the year. The table below sets out the re-set

targets, performance against them, and the amount of bonus earned by Alex Curran and Mike Johns by reference to Company

performance against financial measures.

Bonus Measure Weighting

Threshold at

which bonuses

accrued

On-target

performance

level

Stretch

performance

Level

Actual

performance

Level

Amount of

bonus earned

(% of salary)

Management Bonus

(applicable to each

Executive Director)

Annual Recurring

Revenue

50% of the financial

measures opportunity

£52.5m £54.1m £55.7m £51.3m £0

Operating Profit

2

50% of the financial

measures opportunity

£9.7m £10.1m £10.4m £9.9m Alex Curran:

£12,764

Mike Johns:

£7,577

Chief Executive Bonus

(applicable to Alex

Curran only)

Annual Recurring

Revenue

100% of the financial

measures opportunity

£52.5m £54.1m £55.7m £51.3m £0

1.   The recurring revenue base target was set on a constant currency basis, using a planned conversion rate from USD of 1.26. The actual reported result of £51.1 million was converted

using the prevailing year end USD rate of 1.27.

2.   Operating profit has been adjusted to remove the impact of any non-underlying items. The target and actual operating profit amounts are shown prior to any adjustments for the

Management Bonus Scheme.

![Graphics]()

51

#### Non-financial performance measures (25% of the bonus opportunity for both

#### the Management Bonus and the Chief Executive Bonus) (audited)

A number of non-financial measures for 2023 aligned to key strategic goals were set for Alex Curran and Mike Curran on their

appointments to the Board. A summary of the Committee’s assessment of their performance against the goals is provided.

Alex Curran

Measure Committee assessment of performance

Implement a refocussed strategic plan for the Group.  A refocussed strategic plan was communicated in 2023, and steps were commenced to implement this

plan. These steps will continue in 2024 to support its delivery.

Define and implement a target operating system and

leadership structure.

A revised global organisation structure and Senior Leadership Team was put in place to support

business growth and improved client experience. Defined business initiatives and objectives and key

results (“OKRs”) have been implemented for 2024.

Building strong pipelines and delivering new deals. The deal pipeline has been strengthened, particularly for Fynapse. In 2023, there have been new deals

across the product suite.

Enhance overall partnership capabilities. Strong work was undertaken with partners, and in particular with Microsoft. In 2023, full integration to

D365 and enablement on the Azure cloud platform was achieved and a partnership agreement entered

into with a large reseller in the Microsoft partner environment.

Drive a performance sales culture across functions. A revised global go-to-market approach has been developed to support the refocused strategy. Steps

have commenced to embed this approach, including the appointment of a Chief Revenue Officer to

drive performance across go-to-market teams.

Overall, the Committee concluded that, in light of the progress made against objectives, Alex Curran would receive a bonus

of £17,664 under the non-financial element of the 2023 bonus, reflecting an overall assessment of performance against the

personal objectives set of between threshold and on-target. Overall this resulted in a total 2023 bonus being earned by Alex

Curran of £30,428.

Mike Johns

Measure Committee assessment of performance

Leadership of the Finance, Commercial and Company

Secretarial functions.

There had been strong leadership of the Finance, Commercial and Company Secretarial functions, with

good engagement and low unplanned attrition.

Control of investment levels in the business to secure

profitability targets set for the year.

Cost reduction measures taken in 2023 resulted in the achievement of a lower than planned cost base.

This will provide a good basis to support targeted investment and drive profitability.

Improvement of operating margins across the Group’s

product lines.

Close work has been undertaken to identify measures to drive the best benefits under the refocused

strategy. These measures will be implemented through the revised go-to-market approach.

Management of timely forecasts and proactive

measurement of progress against targets.

Processes underpinning business forecasts and measurement of progress are being re-evaluated and

aligned to support delivery of the refocused strategy.

The Committee concluded that, in light of the progress made against objectives, Mike Johns would receive a bonus of £7,000

under the non-financial element of the 2023 bonus, reflecting an overall assessment of performance for 2023 against the personal

objectives set as being between threshold and on-target. Overall, this resulted in a total 2023 bonus being earned by Mike Johns

of £14,577.

20% of the bonus payments shown are subject to a deferral period of two years and payable in shares. Deferred bonus awards

will be granted following the release of the 2023 Annual Results are not subject to any additional performance conditions and are

treated on cessation of employment in accordance with the Directors' Remuneration Policy.

#### PSP awards vesting in respect of performance in 2023 (audited)

The PSP awards granted on 7 September 2020 were subject to a three year, TSR only performance condition and the performance

period  ended  on  7  September  2023.  The  Remuneration  Committee  confirmed  that  these  awards  achieved  nil  vesting,  as  the

Company’s  TSR  in  the  performance  period  was  below  the  median  of  the  constituents  of  the  FTSE  SmallCap  Index  (excluding

investment trusts).

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Report

52

#### Share awards granted during the year (audited)

On 6 September 2023 share options under the Performance Share Plan were awarded to Alex Curran and Mike Johns. Each award

was granted in the form of an option with an exercise price of 7 1/3 pence per share. The awards were made at 125% of salary, in

line with the Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders at the 2023 AGM (in line with the commitment in the 2022 Directors’

Remuneration Report of not utilising the additional headroom for PSP grants approved in that new Policy). In the case of Alex

Curran, the award was calculated by reference to her salary as Acting Chief Executive Officer of $358,000 applying at the date of

grant and not her higher salary as permanent Chief Executive Officer which will apply for the majority of the performance period.

The Remuneration Committee has approved awards at this level as appropriate given the changes in the Company leadership and

the overall incentive levels across the various elements of the Executive Directors’ remuneration packages. The Remuneration

Committee  will  consider  the  vesting  outturns  determined  by  reference  to  the  performance  conditions  and  retains  discretion

in relation to the total level of reward arising from the 2023 award having regard to overall Company performance, the wider

stakeholder experience, and the outcome of prior year PSP schemes.

Executive Director

Number of shares

subject

to award Basis of award

Face value of

award

1

% of award vesting

for threshold

performance

Alex Curran

121,215

125% of salary £355,160

2

25%

Mike Johns

74,659

125% of salary £218,751 25%

1.  Based on a share price of £2.93 being the average of the mid-market closing share price on the three days prior to the date of grant.

2  As Alex’s salary is in USD, a USD:GBP FX rate of 1.26 was applied, representing the FX rate at the month end prior to the granting of awards.

The vesting of these options is subject to the satisfaction of the performance conditions based on:

(a)   as  regards  75% of the  shares  subject to the  options,  the Company’s Total  Shareholder Return (‘TSR’)  measured  over the

period of three years commencing on the date of grant, compared with the TSR of a comparator group consisting of the

companies constituting the FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts) as follows:

Percentage  of  the  options  subject  to  the  TSR

performance condition that vests

Rank  of  the  Company’s  TSR  against  the  TSR  of  the

members of the comparator Group

0% Below median

25% Median

Determined on a straight-line basis between 25% and 100% Between median and upper quartile

100% Upper quartile

(b)   as regards the other 25% of the shares subject to the options, the Company’s Earnings Per Share (EPS) for the 2025 financial

year, being the final financial year of the EPS performance period, as follows:

Percentage  of  the  options  subject  to  the  EPS

performance condition that vests

Diluted  EPS  for  the  final  year  of  the  performance

period

0% Less than 15.74 pence

25% 15.74 pence

Determined on a straight-line basis between 25% and 100% Between 15.74 pence and 18.10 pence

100% 18.10 pence or more

The awards are also subject to a further underpin condition. No element of any award will vest unless the Committee determines

that the level of vesting reflects the overall financial performance of the Group over the performance period.

These awards are subject to a two-year holding period following the end of the performance period.

![Graphics]()

53

#### Termination payments and payments to past Directors (audited)

Jeremy Suddards

Jeremy Suddards, former Chief Executive Officer, stepped down as a Director of the Company on 27 July 2023 and his final date

of employment with the Aptitude Group was 31 July 2023. After this date he received pay in lieu of notice for six months, and the

Group continued to make contributions to his Group Personal Pension Scheme (in aggregate these amounted to £167,652). He

continued to participate in the Group’s private healthcare insurance arrangements until the end of 2023. Jeremy also received

£25,000 as a contribution to legal costs and outplacement support and for the loss of some minor benefits.

He was not eligible to earn a bonus for the proportion of 2023 for which he was employed.

In line with the Company’s Remuneration Policy, Jeremy retained his outstanding DBP awards and the PSP award granted to him in

2019 for which the performance period had ended  and which is subject to a two-year holding period. His other PSP awards lapsed.

Philip Wood

Philip Wood, former Deputy Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, stepped down from the Board on 20 July 2023. As

reported in the 2022 Directors’ Remuneration Report Philip received his salary, pension and benefits pro-rated accordingly for the

reduction in his hours during the six-month period to his final date of employment.

Philip was not eligible to earn a bonus for the proportion of 2023 for which he was employed and did not receive a PSP award for

2023. In line with the Remuneration Policy, Philip retained his outstanding DBP awards and the PSP awards granted in 2019 for

which the performance period had ended and which is subject to a two-year holding period. His other PSP awards lapsed.

#### Implementation of Remuneration Policy for 2024

#### Basic salary

As explained on page 42, the salary of Alex Curran will be reduced in 2024 to $400,000 and the salary of Mike Johns will remain

at £175,000.

#### Management Bonus Scheme

In the updated Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders at the 2023 AGM, the maximum bonus opportunity that can be

awarded to Executive Directors by the Remuneration Committee was increased from 125% of salary to 150% of salary. However,

for 2024 the maximum bonus opportunity for Executive Directors will be 125% of salary, with 50% of the maximum paid for on

target performance.

Bonuses will be based on performance compared to a number of financial metrics (as regards 75% of the overall opportunity) and

the achievement of a number of non-financial performance measures set for the year (as regards 25% of the overall opportunity).

The financial metrics are expected to include Operating Profit, Revenue and Annual Recurring Revenue growth. The non-financial

performance  measures  will  be  subject  to  a  financial  underpin.  In  the  view  of  the  Committee  the  measures  and  targets  are

commercially sensitive as they give competitors information in relation to the Company’s targets and plans. Information will be

disclosed when no longer considered commercially sensitive, as with the disclosure of the 2023 bonus outturn on pages 50 and

51. 20% of any bonus earned will be deferred into shares for a period of two years. Deferred shares will be granted following

announcement of the Company’s results by which the bonus payment was determined. An additional payment may also be made

in shares to reflect the value of any dividends paid during the two year deferral period.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Report

54

#### Long-term incentives

Awards under the PSP will be granted to Executive Directors in 2024. Under the Remuneration Policy, the maximum grant of PSP

for Executive Directors is 150% of salary, except in exceptional circumstances (such as on the recruitment of a new Executive

Director) where awards may be granted at the level of up to 200% of salary. In 2024 the maximum PSP opportunity will remain at

125% of salary. The performance measures will include a relative TSR measure for at least 50% of the award and at least one other

financial metric, such as EPS. As with the awards granted in 2023, the TSR performance measure will compare the Company’s TSR

performance with a comparator group consisting of the FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts), with 25% of the TSR

element vesting for performance at median, rising to 100% for upper-quartile performance. TSR performance will be assessed

over the three year period from the date of grant. Details of the other financial measure (and of the associated targets) and of the

weightings between the measures will be disclosed both at grant and in the 2024 Directors’ Remuneration Report. Targets will be

set to ensure that full vesting requires the achievement of stretching levels of performance, with threshold performance delivering

25% vesting. The awards will be subject to a two year holding period following the end of the performance period, at the end of

which they will vest and can be exercised. An additional payment will also be made in shares to reflect the value of any dividends

paid during the two year holding period. In line with market practice, the Committee has determined that Redundancy will not

be an automatic Good Leaver circumstance in future PSP awards, and the rules of the scheme have been adjusted accordingly.

#### Non-Executive Director fees

Fees  for  the  Chairman  and  Non-Executive  Directors  were  increased  with  effect  from  1  April  2023  as  disclosed  in  last  year’s

Directors’ Remuneration Report.

For 2024, the Committee has reviewed the Chairman’s fee and the Board of Directors have reviewed the fees for the other Non-

Executive Directors. Following these reviews, no increases to fees will be made, as per the table below:

Fee at 31 December

2023

Fee at 1 April

2024

Chairman £162,575 £162,575

Basic Non-Executive Director fee

£

52,480 £52,480

Audit Committee Chair fee £9,330 £9,330

Remuneration Committee Chair fee £8,165 £8,165

Senior Independent Director fee £8,165 £8,165

Nomination Committee Chair fee £6,570 £6,570

The  Board  of  Directors  meets  without  the  Non-Executive  Directors  present  to  review  the  Non-Executive  Director  and  Non-

Executive Chairman fees and these are set with consideration to salary increases received by the wider workforce.

#### Percentage change in Directors’ remuneration

The table below shows the percentage change in Directors’ remuneration from the prior year compared to the average percentage

change in remuneration for all other employees. The reporting regulations require that the average percentage change for other

employees is based on the employees of Aptitude Software Group plc. However, the Company only has two employees other than

the Directors. Therefore, to provide a meaningful comparison, and consistent with the approach in prior years, this is based on all

United Kingdom employees in the Group, which is considered the most appropriate comparator group. For the purposes of this

disclosure, remuneration comprises salary, benefits (excluding pension) and annual bonus earned in respect of variable pay paid

in the year only.

![Graphics]()

55

Financial

year

2

Salary Taxable benefits Single year variable

Executive

Directors

1

Jeremy Suddards

3

2022-2023

(38.9%) (59.6%) (100%)

2021 - 2022

11.3%

(4.3%)

(60.7%)

2020 - 2021 10.5% 3.7% 182.4%

2019 - 2020 0.0% N/A N/A

Philip Wood

4

2022-2023

(42.2%) (59.6%) (100%)

2021 - 2022

3.1% (7.8%)

(68.6%)

2020 - 2021 3.5% 7.0% 169.3%

2019 - 2020

(

2.5%)

17.6%

(

41.3%)

Non-Executive

Directors

Ivan Martin

5

2022-2023 4.2% N/A N/A

2021 - 2022 6.7% N/A N/A

2020 - 2021 6.8% N/A N/A

2019 - 2020 0.0% N/A N/A

Barbara Moorhouse

2022-2023 6.3% N/A N/A

2021 - 2022

15.4%

N/A N/A

2020 - 2021 3.6% N/A N/A

2019 - 2020 0.0% N/A N/A

Sara Dickinson

6

2022-2023 7.4% N/A N/A

2021 - 2022

19.9%

N/A N/A

2020 - 2021 N/A N/A N/A

2019 - 2020 N/A N/A N/A

Other employees

7

2022-2023 9.8% 7.9% (1.3%)

2021 - 2022 7.7% 29.6% 106.3%

2020 - 2021 4.3% 22.0% 0.6%

2019 - 2020

1.6%

3.0%

34.1%

1.  Any statement of percentage change is not considered a meaningful comparison for Alex Curran or Mike Johns due to their internal appointments to Executive Director roles in 2023.

2.  Explanatory notes relating to the prior year figures are included in the relevant year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report.

3   Jeremy Suddards stepped down from the Board on 27 July 2023 and the percentage change reflects actual salary and benefits received in 2023.

4   Philip Wood stepped down from the Board on 20 July 2023 and received a pro-rated amount of salary and benefits up until that date to reflect the reduced time commitment during

his notice period. His 2023 salary and benefits prior to pro ration have been annualised for comparative purposes.

5.  The salary received by Ivan Martin during 2021 and 2022 included the addition of a fee for Chairing the Nomination Committee.

6.  Sara Dickinson was appointed on 1 October 2021 and therefore her 2021 salary has been annualised for comparative purposes.

7.  Based on the United Kingdom employees only as the most appropriate comparator group.

#### Relative importance of spend on pay

The table below shows the percentage change in spend on pay and shareholder distributions (i.e. dividends) from the financial

year ended 31 December 2022 to the financial year ended 31 December 2023, based upon continuing operations.

% change

2023

£000

2022

£000

Return to shareholders in year

0.1% 3,096

3,093

Employee remuneration

(2.3%)

44,592

45,622

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Report

56

#### Comparison of Company performance

The following graph shows the Company’s performance, measured by total shareholder return, compared with the performance

of the FTSE SmallCap Index for the ten years ended 31 December 2023. The Committee considers that the FTSE SmallCap Index is

the most appropriate comparison across the period given the similarities between the Company and the companies forming this

index.

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

Dec 2013 Dec2014 Dec2015 Dec2016 Dec2017 Dec2018 Dec2019 Dec2020 Dec2021 Dec2022 Dec2023

Aptitude

Value of £100 invested on 31 December 2013

FTSE SmallCap

Total Shareholder Return (rebased to £100)

![Graphics]()

57

#### Table of historic remuneration

The table below details the total remuneration, bonus award as a percentage of maximum opportunity and long-term incentive

awards vesting as a percentage of maximum opportunity for the Group’s senior executive officer(s) for each of the years from

2014 - 2022 (inclusive).

Year Total Remuneration

Bonus Award

as a percentage

of maximum

opportunity

Long term

incentives vesting

as a percentage

of maximum

opportunity

2023 Alex Curran (Chief Executive Officer)

1

£197,287 19.39% n/a

3

Jeremy Suddards (Chief Executive Officer)

2

£199,748 n/a n/a

3

2022 Jeremy Suddards (Chief Executive Officer) £391,593 16.69% n/a

2021 Jeremy Suddards (Chief Executive Officer) £578,407 46.90% 43.2%

2020 Jeremy Suddards (Chief Executive Officer) £387,630 78.67% 26.60%

2019 Tom Crawford (Chief Executive Officer, Aptitude Software Group plc) £1,634,545 0.00% 100.00%/

75.50%

2018 Simon Baines (Chief Executive Officer, Microgen Financial Systems) £776,610 0.00% 100.00%

Tom Crawford (Chief Executive Officer, Aptitude Software) £858,130 0.00% 100.00%

2017 Simon Baines (Chief Executive Officer, Microgen Financial Systems) £270,075 35.25% n/a

Tom Crawford (Chief Executive Officer, Aptitude Software) £433,437 86.25% n/a

2016 Simon Baines (Chief Executive Officer, Microgen Financial Systems) £1,141,653 50.00% 98.53%

Tom Crawford (Chief Executive Officer, Aptitude Software) £1,269,113 92.50% 98.53%

2015 Martyn Ratcliffe (Executive Chairman) £199,375 n/a n/a

2014 Martyn Ratcliffe (Executive Chairman) £275,000 n/a n/a

1   Alex Curran was appointed to the Board on 12 July 2023. Her total remuneration for 2023 has been calculated from her date of appointment and excludes any remuneration received

in the capacity of an employee prior to that date. Her maximum opportunity is shown based on performance in the second half of 2023.

2   Jeremy Suddards stepped down as Director of the Company on 27 July 2023. His total remuneration to that date is shown.

3  There were no Performance Share Plan awards that vested in relation to a period ended 31 December 2023.

Explanatory notes relating to the prior years' figures are included in previous Directors' Remuneration Reports.

#### Directors’ shareholdings and shareholding requirement (audited)

The interests of those persons who served as Directors during 2023 and their families in the ordinary shares of the Company as at

31 December 2023 (or, if earlier, the date of their retirement from the Board) were as follows:

Ordinary shares at

31 December 2023 (or, if

earlier, the date of

retirement from

the Board)

Ordinary

shares

at 31 December

2022

Ivan Martin 225,000 225,000

Philip Wood (resigned on 20 July 2023) 217,352 216,341

Barbara Moorhouse – –

Jeremy Suddards (resigned on 27 July 2023) 25,955 24,924

Sara Dickinson – –

Alex Curran 11,923 N/A

Mike Johns – N/A

There have been no changes since 31 December 2023 to the shareholdings of any current Director. None of the Directors had

an interest in the shares of any subsidiary undertaking of the Company or in any significant contracts of the Group. Details of

Directors’ interests in shares and options under Company long-term incentives are set out in the sections below.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Report

58

Under the Remuneration Policy which was approved by shareholders at the 2023 Annual General Meeting, Executive Directors are

expected to acquire and retain shares with a value equal to 200% of their base salary, by the end of the three year period following

their  appointment  to  the  Board.  Directors  are  not  expected  to  acquire  shares  in  the  market  in  order  to  meet  this  guideline,

but instead are expected to retain shares acquired through the Group’s share plans. Further information on this shareholding

guideline can be found on page 47.

#### Directors’ interests under Company share plans (audited)

The table below shows the interests of each Director who served during 2023 as at 31 December 2023 in the Company’s share

plans.

Director Grant

Shares subject

to award as at

1 January

2023

Granted

in 2023

Exercised

in 2023

Lapsed

in 2023

Shares subject

to awards as at

31 December 2023 Status

Jeremy Suddards Long term incentive plan

2019 36,797 – – - 36,797 Vested but unexercised

2020 69,321 – – 69,321 – Lapsed

2021

1

57,676 – – 57,676 – Lapsed

2022

2

98,300 – – 98,300 – Lapsed

262,094 – – 225,297 36,797

Deferred bonus plan

2021 1,899 – 1,899 – – Exercised

2021

(dividend

equivalent)

– 56 56 – – Exercised

2022 11,064 – – – 11,064 Unvested

2023 – 3,691 – – 3,691 Unvested

12,963 3,747 1,955 – 14,755

Philip Wood Long term incentive plan

2018 13,246 – 13,246 – – Exercised

2019 27,045 – – – 27,045 Vested but unexercised

2020 54,348 – – 54,348 – Lapsed

2021

1

40,934 – – 40,934 – Lapsed

2022

2

66,593 – – 66,593 – Lapsed

202,166 – 13,246 161,875 202,166

Deferred bonus plan

2021 1,861 – 1,861 – – Exercised

2021

(dividend

equivalent)

– 56 56 – – Exercised

2022 10,339 – – 10,339 Unvested

2023 – 2,751 – – 2,751 Unvested

12,200 2,807 1,917 – 13,090

Alex Curran Long term incentive plan

2020 31,318 – 31,318 – Lapsed

2021

1

15,733 – – 15,733 Unvested, subject to

performance conditions

2022

2

49,029 – – 49,029 Unvested, subject to

performance conditions

2023

3

–   121,215 – 121,215 Unvested, subject to

performance conditions

96,080 121,215 31,318 185,977

![Graphics]()

59

Director Grant

Shares subject

to award as at

1 January

2023

Granted

in 2023

Exercised

in 2023

Lapsed

in 2023

Shares subject

to awards as at

31 December 2023 Status

Mike Johns Long term incentive plan

2020 3,416 – 3,416 – Lapsed

2021

1

3,076 – – 3,076 Unvested, subject to

performance conditions

2022

2

9,570 – – 9,570 Unvested, subject to

performance conditions

2023

3

–   74,659 – 74,659 Unvested, subject to

performance conditions

16,062 74,659 3,416 87,305

1  The awards granted in 2021 are subject to a performance condition described on page 64 of the 2021 Annual Report and Accounts.

2  The awards granted in 2022 are subject to a performance condition described on page 72 of the 2022 Annual Report and Accounts.

3  The awards granted in 2023 are subject to a performance condition described on page 52 of this report.

#### Advisors

In  fulfilling  its  role,  the  Committee  seeks  professional  advice  when  considered  appropriate  to  do  so.  Deloitte  LLP  is  retained

to provide  independent  advice  on  executive  remuneration  to the  Committee as  required. Independent  advisors  on  executive

remuneration, were made available to the Committee during the year. Deloitte LLP’s total fees for the provision of remuneration

services to the Committee in 2023 were £9,950 (2022: £28,750). After careful consideration the Committee is satisfied that the

advice provided by Deloitte LLP is independent and objective. Deloitte LLP also advise the Group on the operation of its share

plans, associated tax matters and remuneration disclosure matters.

Deloitte  LLP  is  a  founder  member  of  the  Remuneration  Consultants  Group  and  adheres  to  its  Code  of  Conduct  for

consultants  to  Remuneration  Committees  of  United  Kingdom-listed  companies,  details  of  which  can  be  found  at

www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com.

#### Statement of shareholder voting

At the Annual General Meeting of the Company on 17 May 2023, the Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders

as follows:

Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Total number

of votes

% of votes

cast

For (including discretionary) 48,458,132 96.65%

Against  1,679,310 3.35%

Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes) 50,137,442 100.00%

Votes withheld 6,179

Total votes cast (including withheld votes) 50,143,621

At the Annual  General  Meeting of the  Company  on 17  May  2023, the Directors’ Remuneration  Report for the  year  ended 31

December 2022 was approved by shareholders as follows:

Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 2022

Total number

of votes

% of votes

cast

For (including discretionary) 49,190,673 98.11%

Against 946,769 1.89%

Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes) 50,137,442 100.00%

Votes withheld 6,179

Total votes cast (including withheld votes) 50,143,621

Note: Withheld votes are not included in the final voting figures as they are not recognised as a vote in law.

The Remuneration Committee give its thanks to shareholders for the engagement shown through the consultation process around

the revised Remuneration Policy, for the constructive and helpful comments received and for the support shown in voting for the

changes.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Report

60

The Remuneration Report was approved by a duly authorised Committee of the Board of Directors on 20 March 2024 and signed

on its behalf by:

Barbara Moorhouse

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

20 March 2024

![Graphics]()

### Directors' Report

61

Directors’ Report

The  Directors  of  Aptitude  Software  Group  plc  (the  “Company”)  present  their  report  and  the  audited  consolidated  financial

statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2023.

#### Results and dividends

The results for the year are set out in the financial statements and  notes on pages 78 to 132. As explained in the Chairman’s

Statement, the Directors propose the payment of a final dividend of 3.6 pence per share, making a total of 5.4 pence per share

for the year (2022 total: 5.4 pence). Subject to shareholder approval, the proposed final dividend will be paid on 14 June 2024 to

shareholders on the register at close of business on 24 May 2024.

#### Principal activities

Aptitude  Software  Group  plc  is  a  market-leading  provider  of  software  solutions  that  deliver  fully  autonomous  finance.  The

Company and its subsidiaries together are referred to in this Annual Report as the “Group”. The Group’s products and services are

detailed within the Chief Executive Officer’s Report.

#### Key performance indicators

Key Performance Indicators are set for the Group and can be found in the reports on page 2. These are Revenue Growth, Operating

Profit (before Non-Underlying Items) Growth and Annual Recurring Revenue Growth.

#### Future developments

Details of the Group’s future developments are provided in the Chief Executive Officer’s Report on page 6.

#### Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report, the Directors’ Remuneration Report

and the Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Company financial statements for each financial year. The Directors

are required under company law and under the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority to prepare the Group financial

statements in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards. The Directors have elected under Company law

to prepare the Company financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards.

The Group and Company financial statements are required by law and UK-adopted International Accounting Standards to present

fairly the financial position of the Group and the Company and the financial performance of the Group. The Companies Act 2006

provides in relation to such financial statements that references in the relevant part of that Act to financial statements giving a

true and fair view are references to their achieving a fair presentation.

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair

view of the state of affairs of the Group and the Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period.

In preparing each of the Group and Company financial statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

•  state whether they have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Company

will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and

Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and Company and

enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act

2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for

the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

![Graphics]()

### Directors' Report

62

#### Directors’ confirmations

The Directors consider that the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable

and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and Company’s position and performance, business

model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in the Directors and Advisers section, confirm that, to the best of each

person’s knowledge:

•  the  financial  statements,  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  applicable  set  of  accounting  standards,  give  a  true  and  fair

view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit and losses of the Company and the undertakings included in the

consolidation taken as a whole; and

•  the Directors’ Report contained  in the Annual Report  includes a fair review of  the  development and performance  of  the

business and the position of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with

a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  the  maintenance  and  integrity  of  the  corporate  and  financial  information  included  on  the

Aptitude Software Group plc website.

Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation

in other jurisdictions.

#### Board and Committee roles and responsibilities

Details of the key responsibilities of the Board, its individual members and the Committees of the Board are published on the

Group’s website at www.aptitudesoftware.com.

#### Going concern and long-term viability statement

In accordance with Provision 31 of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”), the Directors have assessed the prospects

of the Group over a longer period than the 12 months required by the “Going Concern” provision as part of our viability review

set out below. See page 84 for the Group’s assessment on going concern. The Board determined that it would be reasonable to

perform a review of the Group’s cash flows and other key financial indicators of three years and considered this appropriate given

the period aligns the Group’s viability statement with its planning time horizon in respect of its three-year strategic plan and is

suitable given the nature and investment cycle of a technology business. Cash flows over this period have a relatively high degree

of predictability, as the business continues to grow its software revenues. Projections beyond this period become less reliable

given  the  inherent  uncertainty  of  technology  and  market  developments,  supplemented  by  the  uncertainties  surrounding  the

global economy. The Directors have no reason to believe the Group would not be viable over a longer period. However, due to

this uncertainty, the Directors consider a three-year period to be appropriate in forming a reasonable expectation on the Group’s

longer-term viability.

In forming a viability statement, the Directors carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks and uncertainties that could

impair the solvency and liquidity of the Group. This is based on the Group’s current position, its strategy, and associated principal

risks with scenarios including an assessment of the Group’s longer-term prospects. The Group is operating in a net current asset

position at  the  balance sheet  date  and retains  significant  cash balances  benefiting from  its  annual licence  fee  or subscription

model in which the majority of its customers pay annually in advance.

Scenario models are reviewed by the Board and the Audit Committee and are a foundation for the Group’s strategic plan. The

financial forecasts contained in the plan make certain assumptions about the uptake of new annual licences and subscriptions and

the performance of other core revenue streams. As part of the assessment the Group stress tests the plan using various scenarios.

To achieve this, management reviewed the principal risks and considered which might threaten the Group’s viability. Based on the

assessment, the Group concluded that the current level of future contracted revenue, totalling £81 million at 31 December 2023,

would require being supplemented by £28.9 million of revenue realised from either new business opportunities or generated from

the base across the three year period which is well below planned levels. Across each of the scenarios tested, the Group has also

not factored in any structural changes to its cost base being made to ensure it remains viable. It was therefore determined that

none of the individual risks would in isolation compromise the Group’s viability, and so several different severe scenarios were

considered where the principal risks arose in combination.

The scenarios considered to be the most significant in performing the assessment of viability and the combination of principal

risks involved are detailed in the scenario modelling section on page 64, all of which are considered extremely remote. In addition

the Group sets out separate assessments of why the Group believes that these do not represent risks which might threaten the

viability of the Group.

![Graphics]()

63

Principal risks

•  The risk that the Group fails to comply with its contractual and legal obligations, including those relating to data confidentiality,

resulting in damages, regulatory penalties and fines.

•  The risk that the Group utilises a significant proportion of its existing cash reserves to implement an acquisition strategy

which does not yield the expected return on investment.

•  The risk that the Group decides to perform a significant return of value to shareholders immediately prior to a steep downturn

in performance.

•  The risk the business fails to attract new clients or retain existing clients as a result of weaknesses within its product suite or

service delivery model.

•  The risk of insolvency of key banking counterparties used by the Group, which could lead to the loss of all or part of the cash

held with any such counterparty.

Mitigations

•  The Group operates with a strong control environment which includes close oversight by management on all matters. Where

required this includes the use of external advisers and insurance cover which may mitigate the impact of a possible material

breach.

•  The Group has significant acquisition experience following the completion of seven acquisitions since 2014, including the

acquisition of MPP Global Solutions Limited on 9 October 2021. Any future opportunities are required to meet the Group’s

strict criteria of comprising complementary technologies focused on Aptitude’s product suite. Furthermore, appropriate due

diligence on any potential acquisitions is performed with findings presented to the Board.

•  The Group has substantial levels of future contracted revenue visibility and retains significant cash balances benefitting from

its long-term annual licence and subscription model in which the overwhelming majority of its clients pay annually in advance.

•  The business currently operates with a moderate level of debt financing in place. The Group’s existing debt facility allows for

additional financing to be drawn on which would assist in covering short term cash flows if necessary.

•  Cash conservation measures could include a review of the Group’s dividend policy along with the flexibility to implement a

number of cost reduction measures.

•  The Group's cash deposits are always held across at least two financial institutions.

Geopolitical developments

The Group is continuing to closely monitor the situation in Ukraine, the Middle East and Taiwan. The business has no facilities or

dependencies in those regions, but in view of its mainland Europe operations, business contingency planning has been undertaken

to mitigate any potential disruption  to  the Group’s operations that might  result  should there be an escalation  of  the Ukraine

conflict into other European countries.

Future inflation increases

The  Group  is  closely  monitoring  inflation  levels  and  planning  for  any  significant  future  increases  that  might  arise.  Increasing

inflation could have an impact on the Group’s margins in the short term as the Group’s ability to recover these increased costs

from its client base would not take immediate effect and would depend upon the commercial terms agreed with its clients.

Climate-related risk

In accordance  with  the recommendations  of  the Task  Force  on  Climate-related  Financial  Disclosures  (“TCFD”),  the  Group  has

assessed the potential impact of climate related risk on its operations and determined that these to be low. Full details of how the

Group complies with TCFD recommendations can be found on page 23.

Other risks

Whilst other risks were considered in respect of a new market disruptor, the collapse of new business activity and defaulting on

the loan facility, these were not considered as severe as the scenarios outlined above given the level of future contracted revenue

visibility and cash generation achieved through the Group’s multi-year annual licence and subscription model combined with the

amount of variable cost base the business operates with.

![Graphics]()

### Directors' Report

64

Scenario modelling

The likelihood of each principal risk occurring, and the potential impact was modelled across various scenarios by management

who evaluated the possible consequences, primarily through a reduction in operating profit, ranging from a reduction of 50%

to 70%,  and net  cash in-flows.  These impacts  were based  on  similar  events  in  the  public  domain  and internal  estimates. The

Directors reviewed and discussed the process undertaken by management, and also reviewed the results of reverse stress testing

performed to provide  an  illustration of  the  reduction in  operating  profit across the  three-year  period that would  be required

in order  for  the  Group  to either  breach its  external loan  covenants or  exhaust  all  available  cash. Based  on this  testing it  was

determined that the current level of future contracted revenue, totalling £81million at 31 December 2023, would require being

supplemented by £28.9 million of revenue realised from either new business opportunities or generated from the base across

the three year period which is well below planned levels, and therefore undrawn facilitates would not be required to be drawn

down. Across each of the scenarios tested, the Group have also not factored in any structural changes to its cost base being made

to ensure it remains viable.

Based on the results of the review the Directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will continue to

operate and meet its liabilities, as they fall due, for the next three years. The Directors’ assessment has been made with reference

to the Group’s current position and prospects, the Group’s current strategy, the Board’s current risk appetite and the Group’s

principal risks and how these are managed. The Group retains significant cash balances benefitting from its annual license and

subscription model in which the overwhelming majority of its clients pay annually in advance.

#### Application of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code

Full details of how the Company has applied the principles of the Code throughout the year can be found within the Corporate

Governance Statement on pages 30 to 38.

#### Conflicts of interest and whistleblowing policy

The Group has written policies regarding the avoidance of Conflicts of Interest and Bribery and Corruption, including a gifts and

hospitality policy. All employees are required to read and acknowledge these policies on joining the Group, and when there are

any updates.

Directors are required to declare any actual or potential conflicts of interest within the Board decision making process and, should

any such conflicts arise, absent themselves from discussions relating to that item of business.

The Group has a written whistleblowing policy which is clearly set out in the employee handbook. The policy enables workers

(including employees and other individuals performing functions for Aptitude, such as agency workers and contractors) to voice

any concerns in a responsible and effective manner. The policy states that if a worker discovers information which they believe

shows serious malpractice or wrongdoing within the organisation then this information should be disclosed internally without

fear of reprisal. A dedicated email address is provided  for  any  whistleblowing  concerns to be raised, which will be sent to  an

independent non-executive Board member. All matters will be treated with the strictest confidence and the worker’s identity

will not be disclosed without their prior consent. The worker’s concerns will be considered and further investigation undertaken

as necessary. If during the investigation it is deemed necessary for the identity of the worker to be disclosed, their consent will

be sought. The matter will then be reported to the Board in order that appropriate action can be taken. On conclusion of any

investigation, as far as appropriate, the worker may be informed of the outcome and what action, if any, the Board has taken, or

proposes to take.

#### Political donations

The Group made no political donations in the year (2022: £nil).

![Graphics]()

65

#### Substantial shareholdings

Notifications  received  by  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  Disclosure  and  Transparency  Rules  of  the  Financial  Conduct

Authority are published via the UK Regulatory Information Service and on the Company’s website. As at 31 December 2023 and as

at 20 March 2024, the Company had been advised of the following notifiable interests in its voting rights:

Number of

shares held as at

20 March 2024

1\*

Number of

shares as at

31 December

2023

2\*

Number of

shares as at

31 December

2022

\*

Long Path Partners 8,866,916

(15.46%)

8,866,916

(15.46%)

2,942,587

(5.1%)

Schroders plc 8,259,311

(14.40%)

8,259,311

(14.40%)

6,778,750

(11.8%)

Canaccord Genuity Group Inc. 5,310,000

(9.26%)

5,310,000

(9.26%)

6,802,632

(11.9%)

Mission Trail Capital Management LLC 4,494,890

(7.84%)

4,494,890

(7.84%)

–

–

Invesco Limited 3,900,032

(6.80%)

3,900,032

(6.80%)

3,104,058

(5.4%)

FIL Limited  3,011,609

(5.25%)

3,267,986

(5.70%)

–

–

Mrs C Barbour, Mr B Barbour & Bank of New York Mellon (Brussels (Pooled)) 2,941,694

(5.13%)

2,941,694

(5.13%)

4,409,689

(7.7%)

Herald Investment Management 2,458,277

(4.29%)

2,458,277

(4.29%)

1,963,889

(3.4%)

Soros Fund Management  2,226,710

(3.88%)

2,226,710

(3.88%)

–

–

1  Calculated by reference to the number of shares in issue as at 31 December 2023, being 57,377,611.

2  Calculated by reference to the number of shares in issue as at 20 March 2024, being 57,377,611.

\*  % ISC stated in brackets.

#### Share capital

At 20 March 2024 the Company had a single class of share capital which is divided into ordinary shares of 7 1/3 pence each.

#### Rights and obligations attaching to shares

Voting in meetings of the Company

Voting at a general meeting shall be on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded. On a show of hands, every shareholder present

in person and every proxy duly appointed by a shareholder shall have one vote. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in

person or by proxy shall have one vote for every share of which he or she is the holder.

No shareholder shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting or class meeting in respect of shares held by him or her if any call

or other sum then payable by him or her in respect of that share remains unpaid. Currently, all issued shares are fully paid.

Deadlines for voting rights

Full  details  of  the  deadlines  for  exercising  voting  rights  in  respect  of  the  resolutions  to  be  considered  at  the  Annual  General

Meeting to be held on 14 May 2024 are set out in the Notice of Meeting which accompanies this report.

Dividends and distributions

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, the Company may, by ordinary resolution, declare a dividend to be paid

to shareholders but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Board. The Board may pay interim dividends or

special dividends of such amounts, on such dates and in respect of such periods as the Board think fit. If in the opinion of the

Board the profits available for distribution justify such payments, the Board may declare and pay the fixed dividends on any class

of shares carrying a fixed dividend (if any). All dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro-rata according to the amounts paid up

on the shares.

Transfer of shares

Subject to the Articles, any shareholder may transfer all or any of his or her certified shares in writing by an instrument of transfer

in any usual form or in any other form which the Board may approve. The Board may, at its absolute discretion and without giving

![Graphics]()

### Directors' Report

66

any reasons, decline to register any instrument of transfer of a certified share which is not a fully paid share provided that, where

any such shares are admitted to the Official List of the Financial Conduct Authority, such discretion may not be exercised in such

a way as to prevent dealings in the shares of that class from taking place on an open and proper basis. The Board may decline to

recognise any instrument of transfer relating to shares in certificated form unless it is in respect of only one class of share and is

lodged (duly stamped) at the Company’s registered office or such other place as the Board have appointed accompanied by the

relevant share certificate(s) and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to showing the right of the transfer

or to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his or her behalf, the authority

of that person so to do). In the case of a transfer of shares in certificated form a recognised clearing house or a nominee of a

recognised clearing house or of a recognised investment exchange the lodgement of share certificates will only be necessary if

and to the extent that certificates have been issued in respect of the shares in question. The Directors may also refuse to register

an allotment or  transfer  of shares (whether fully  paid  or not) in  favour of more than  four  transferees. Subject to  the  Articles

and the CREST Rules (as defined in the Uncertificated Securities Regulations, as amended), and apart from any class of wholly

dematerialised security, the Board may permit any class of shares in the Company to be held in uncertificated form and, subject

to the Articles, title to uncertificated shares to be transferred by means of a relevant system.

#### Change of control

Under the terms of the Company’s share option schemes, upon a change of control of the Company following a takeover bid, an

option holder shall be entitled to exercise the relevant option within a time period of not more than six (6) months. This would

allow  the  exercise  of  awards  subject  to  the  discretion  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  as  to  whether  relevant  performance

conditions have been sufficiently satisfied and any pro-rating to be applied. There are a small number of client contracts which

include a change of control clause in relation to the Group.

#### Amendment to the Articles

Amendments to  the Articles  may be  made in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the Companies  Act 2006  by way  of a  special

resolution in general meeting.

#### Appointment and replacement of Directors

Unless and until otherwise determined by ordinary resolution of the Company, Directors shall be no less than two (2) and no more

than ten (10) in number. Directors may be appointed by the Company by ordinary resolution or by the Board. The Board complies

with the 2018 Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”) provision on annual re-election of all directors. The appointment and

replacement of directors is governed by the company’s Articles of Association (the “Articles”), the Code, Companies Act 2006 and

other related legislation.

The Board may from time to time appoint one or more Directors to undertake such services for the Company that the Board may

decide and such persons (other than those who hold an executive office or are employees of the Company or any subsidiary) will

be entitled to be paid such fees as the Board will determine for their services to the Company as Directors but will not exceed

in aggregate the sum of £1,000,000 per annum (excluding bonus arrangements and incentive schemes of the Company) or such

greater sum as the Company in general meeting may determine.

#### Repurchase of own shares

At the Annual General Meeting held on 17 May 2023 members renewed the authority under section 701 of the Companies Act 2006

to make market purchases on the London Stock Exchange of up to 5,733,761 ordinary shares of 7 1/3 pence each (representing

approximately 10% of the Company’s issued share capital at that time). A resolution to give the Directors further authority for the

Company to purchase its own shares is to be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting on 14 May 2024.

As reported in the Chairman's Statement and the Chief Executive Officer's Report, the Company has commenced an on-market

share buyback programme of up to £20m over three years.

#### Significant contracts

There did not exist at any time during the year any contract involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries in which a Director

of the  Company was  or is  materially interested  or  any  contract  which  was  either  a  contract  of  significance  with  a  controlling

shareholder or a contract for the provision of service by a controlling shareholder. Related party transactions are disclosed on

page 132.

![Graphics]()

67

#### Directors

Details of Directors who have held office during the year and up to the date of signing these financial statements are given below:

Ivan Martin (Chairman)

Alex Curran (appointed 12 July 2023)

Sara Dickinson

Mike Johns (appointed 17 May 2023)

Barbara Moorhouse

Jeremy Suddards (resigned 27 July 2023)

Philip Wood (resigned 20 July 2023)

Biographical details of the current Directors are given on the inside front cover of this Annual Report. The Company’s Articles

of Association  require  Directors to  retire  and offer  themselves  for re-election  at  least  every  three  years,  however,  the Board

has  taken  the  decision  that  all  Directors  shall  retire  and  offer  themselves  for  re-election  at  each  Annual  General  Meeting,  in

accordance with the recommendation of the 2018 Corporate Governance Code.

Information  on  the  Directors’  remuneration,  share  plan  participation  and  service  contracts  are  set  out  in  the  Directors’

Remuneration Report on pages 45 to 60.

The Company has purchased and maintained throughout the year Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance in respect of itself and

its Directors. The Directors also have the benefit of the indemnity provision contained at Article 138 of the Company’s Articles of

Association. Pursuant to this Article 138, the Company has granted indemnities for the benefit of current and future Directors of,

and the Company Secretary of, the Company in respect of liabilities which may attach to them in their capacity as Directors of,

or Company Secretary of, the Company to the extent permitted by law and also committed to maintain directors’ and officers’

insurance cover. Qualifying third party indemnity provisions (as defined by section 234 of the Companies Act 2006) were in force

during the year ended 31 December 2023 and continue in force, in relation to certain losses and liabilities which the Directors (or

Company Secretary) may incur to third parties in the course of acting as Directors (or Company Secretary).

#### Treasury and foreign exchange

The Group has in place appropriate treasury policies and procedures, which are approved by the Board. The treasury function

manages  interest  rates  for  both  borrowings  and  cash  deposits  for  the  Group  and  is  also  responsible  for  ensuring  there  are

appropriate facilities available to meet the Group’s strategic plans.

In order  to  mitigate  and  manage exchange  rate risk  arising in  respect  of  the  Group’s Innovation  Centre in  Poland, the  Group

routinely enters into forward contracts in respect of monthly transactions with that part of the Group’s business. In the meantime,

the Group continues to monitor exchange rate risk generally in respect of other foreign currency exposures.

In order to mitigate and manage interest rate risk the Group has in place an effective interest rate hedge to manage exposure on

borrowings. An interest rate swap is used as a cash flow hedge of future interest payments, which has the effect of increasing the

proportion of fixed interest debt.

These treasury policies and procedures are regularly monitored and reviewed. It is the Group’s policy not to undertake speculative

transactions which create additional exposures over and above those arising from normal trading activity.

See page 94 for further information on the Group’s management of financial risk.

#### Overseas subsidiaries and branches

Details of the Group’s subsidiaries, including those in overseas jurisdictions, are disclosed in Note 12 to the financial statements.

The  Group  also  currently  operates  overseas  branches  in  the  following  countries:  Australia,  Hong  Kong,  Ireland,  Netherlands,

Singapore and Switzerland.

#### Section 172 statement

The Section 172 Statement is included in the Strategic Report on pages 20 to 22 and includes details of how the Directors have had

regard for the need to foster good business relationships with its shareholders and other key stakeholders.

Auditors and disclosure of information to auditor

As far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit information (as defined by section 418(3) of the Companies Act 2006)

of which the Company’s auditors are unaware and each of the Directors has taken the steps that they ought to have taken as

![Graphics]()

### Directors' Report

68

Directors in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are

aware of that information.

RSM UK Audit LLP have indicated their willingness to continue as Auditor and their re-appointment has been approved by the

Audit Committee. Resolutions to re-appoint them and to authorise the Audit Committee to determine their remuneration will be

proposed at the 2024 Annual General Meeting.

#### Corporate governance

The  Group’s  statement  on  corporate  governance  is  included  in  the  Corporate  Governance  Statement  on  pages  31  to  38  and

incorporated into this Report of the Directors by reference.

#### Annual General Meeting

The forthcoming Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) will be held at 9.00 a.m. on Tuesday 14 May 2024 at the offices of Aptitude

Software Group plc, 8th Floor, 138 Cheapside, London EC2V 6BJ. The Notice of the AGM contains the full text of resolutions to be

proposed. Shareholders are welcome to attend the meeting in person, however, we ask that you register your intention to attend

ahead of time so we can monitor numbers in readiness for the meeting.

To enable all shareholders to vote on all resolutions in proportion to their shareholding, voting at the 2024 AGM will be conducted

by way of a poll. Shareholders are strongly encouraged to vote ahead of the meeting regardless of whether they plan to attend

the AGM in person, to mitigate against the risk of disruptions such as train strikes. The Company will release the results of voting,

including proxy votes on each resolution, on its website after the AGM and announce them through a regulatory news service.

Shareholders are also invited  to  submit questions ahead of  the  AGM.  Details of how you  can  submit questions and cast  your

votes at the AGM are set out in the Notice of Meeting, which will be made available to shareholders by their chosen method of

communication and is also available on our website. Further details can be found in the notice convening the AGM.

By Order of the Board

Alex Campbell

Company Secretary

20 March 2024

![Graphics]()

### Independent Auditor’s Report

#### to the members of Aptitude Software Group plc

69

to  the  members  of  Aptitude

Software Group plc

Independent Auditor’s Report

#### Opinion

We  have  audited  the  financial  statements  of  Aptitude Software Group plc  (the  ‘parent  company’)  and  its  subsidiaries  (the

‘group’) for the year ended 31 December 2023 which comprise the Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Statement of

Comprehensive Income, Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity,

Company Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, Consolidated and Company Statements of Cash Flows and notes to the

financial statements,  including significant  accounting policies.  The financial  reporting framework  that has  been applied  in the

preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law and UK-adopted International Accounting Standards. The financial

reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company financial statements is applicable law and

UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and as regards the parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance

with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion:

•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31

December 2023 and of the group’s profit for the year then ended;

•  the  group  financial  statements  have  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance  with  UK-adopted  International  Accounting

Standards;

•  the  parent  company  financial  statements  have  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance  with  UK-adopted  International

Accounting Standards and as applied in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

#### Basis for opinion

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  International  Standards  on  Auditing  (UK)  (ISAs  (UK))  and  applicable  law.  Our

responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

section of our report. We are independent of the group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are

relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest

entities and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit

evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

#### Summary of our audit approach

Key audit matters Group

•  Revenue recognition

Parent Company

•  None

Materiality Group

•  Overall materiality: £419,000 (2022: £316,000)

•  Performance materiality: £314,000 (2022: £237,000)

Parent Company

•  Overall materiality: £200,000 (2022: £125,000)

•  Performance materiality: £150,000 (2022: £93,700)

Scope Our audit procedures (excluding analytical review procedures) covered 100% of revenue, 99% of

total assets and 99% of profit before tax.

![Graphics]()

### Independent Auditor’s Report

#### to the members of Aptitude Software Group plc

70

#### Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the group and

parent company financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement

(whether  or  not  due  to  fraud)  we  identified,  including  those  which  had  the  greatest  effect  on  the  overall  audit  strategy,  the

allocation  of  resources  in  the  audit  and  directing  the  efforts  of  the  engagement  team.  These  matters  were  addressed  in  the

context of our audit of the group and parent company financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and

we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

#### Revenue recognition

Key audit matter description The  group’s  key  revenue  recognition  policies  are  set  out  on  pages  86  to  89  of  the  financial

statements and the critical accounting judgements and estimates relating to revenue recognition

are set out on pages 99 to 101.

Software licence, subscription and maintenance revenue

A significant risk of fraud has been identified due to the involvement of significant management

judgements and estimates in the recognition of licence, subscription and maintenance revenues.

The key judgements and estimates are:

•  Assessment of licence, subscription and maintenance as a single performance obligation;

•  Assessment of implementation and solutions management services as separate performance

obligations;

•  Recognition of revenue over time based on the input of consistent development activity;

•  The  revenue  constraint  applied  before  the  go-live  date  due  to  customer-specific

circumstances.

Software implementation and services revenue

A significant risk of fraud has been identified in respect of implementation revenues, owing the

degree to which management estimates impact the revenue recognition and the incentives to

manipulate revenue. This is specifically in relation to the assessment of the stage of completion

as represented by time costs incurred and estimates of cost yet to be incurred. The proportion

of the  contract fulfilled  drives the  right  to  recognise  revenue and  therefore estimation  of the

time  required  subsequent  to  the  year  end  to  deliver  and  complete  the  services  to  customer

expectations is critical to revenue recognition.

![Graphics]()

71

How the matter was

addressed in the audit

Our audit work included but was not restricted to:

•  Obtaining an understanding of the processes and controls around revenue recognition;

•  Reviewing the group’s revenue recognition policy, including supporting accounting papers,

to assess whether performed obligations have been appropriately identified and recognised

in line with IFRS 15;

•  Challenging and assessing key management judgements impact the recognition of revenue

in the period; and

•  Auditing the disclosures in the financial statements and evaluating whether the policy for

revenue recognition is appropriately explained and critical judgements and key sources of

estimation uncertainty are appropriately disclosed.

Specifically for software licence, subscription and maintenance revenue, our audit work included

but was not restricted to:

•  Auditing the IFRS 15 revenue calculations confirming the methodology applied is in line with

the group’s revenue recognition policy;

•  Agreeing inputs to the IFRS 15 calculations to signed customer contracts, recalculating the

expected revenue based on management’s IFRS 15 judgements and estimates and comparing

to the actual revenue recognised;

•  Verifying  the  assessment  of  continuous  development  activity  through  the  input  method

using staff allocation data and forecasts to review the level of development across the year;

•  Holding  discussions  with  project  managers  about  the  key  assumptions  and  judgements

regarding  continuous  development  activity  and  the  pre  “go-live”  risks  related  to  the

constraints model;

•  Reviewing  contract  cancellations  to  assess  the  appropriateness  of  limiting  revenue

recognised to invoiced amounts pre “go-live” date and testing the application of the revenue

recognition constraints to contracts in the period;

•  Performing completeness checks by reviewing a list of approved contracts from the contracts

sales  and  management  system  and  checking  revenue  has  been  recognised  for  all  active

contracts in the year, in line with the revenue recognition policy.

Specifically for software implementation and services revenue, our audit work included but was

not restricted to:

•  Testing  the  controls  over  the  approval  of  timesheet  reports  and  approval  of  invoices

(including agreement to customer-signed Statement of Works where appropriate) prior to

billing;

•  Verifying revenue recognised in the period to Statement of Works, supporting agreements,

sales invoices and employee timesheet data where applicable;

•  Testing the completeness and accuracy of timesheet and budget data which drives invoicing;

•  Testing  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  revenue  deferred  based  on  management’s

estimate  of  additional  effort  required  to  satisfy  certain  contractual  obligations  without

incremental charge, and challenging management’s estimates on specific projects;

•  Completing targeted testing procedures for revenue recognised around the reporting date

through  review  of  timesheet  data  reconciled  to  customer  invoices  and  accrued  revenue

adjustments.

Key observations Details  of  the  key  judgements  and  estimates  applied  in  respect  of  revenue  recognition  are

disclosed in “Critical accounting  estimates and judgements” section of the Accounting Policies

included in the financial statements. Based on the results of the audit procedures outlined above,

we have no key observations to report.

![Graphics]()

### Independent Auditor’s Report

#### to the members of Aptitude Software Group plc

72

#### Our application of materiality

When establishing our overall audit strategy, we set certain thresholds which help us to determine the nature, timing and extent

of our audit procedures. When evaluating whether the effects of misstatements, both individually and on the financial statements

as a whole, could reasonably influence the economic decisions of the users we take into account the qualitative nature and the

size of the misstatements. Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality as follows:

#### Group Parent company

Overall materiality £419,000 (2022: £316,000) £200,000 (2022: £125,000)

Basis for determining

overall materiality

4.8% of operating profit adjusted to exclude

the amortisation charged in the year to align

with the adjusted operating profit highlighted

by  management  to  users  of  the  financial

statements.

0.3% of net assets.

Rationale for benchmark

applied

As  a  listed  entity,  a  profit-driven  figure  is

considered the most appropriate benchmark

for users of the financial statements.

Net  assets  is  considered  to  be  the  most

appropriate  benchmark  for  the  parent

company as it is primarily a holding company.

Performance materiality £314,000 (2022: £237,000) £150,000 (2022: £93,700)

Basis for determining

performance materiality

75% of overall materiality 75% of overall materiality

Reporting of misstatements

to the Audit Committee

Misstatements  in  excess  of  £20,900  and

misstatements below  that  threshold  that,  in

our view, warranted reporting on qualitative

grounds.

Misstatements  in  excess  of  £10,000  and

misstatements below that threshold that, in

our view, warranted reporting on qualitative

grounds.

#### An overview of the scope of our audit

The group consists of 8 components, located in the following countries:

•  United Kingdom

•  United States

•  Poland

•  Canada

•  Singapore

Full scope audits were performed for 3 components, limited scope audit procedures for 3 components and analytical procedures

at group level for the remaining 2 components.

The coverage achieved by our audit procedures was:

Number of

components Revenue Total assets

Profit before

tax

Full scope audit 3 89% 95% 63%

Limited scope audit 3 11% 5% 36%

Analytical procedures 2 0% 0% 1%

Total 8 100% 100% 100%

![Graphics]()

73

Limited  scope  audit  procedures  were  performed  on  components  which  were  not  financially  significant  by  size  but  included

significant  risks,  or  where  procedures  were  performed  on  specific  balances  to  provide  sufficient  coverage  of  these  financial

statement areas for the purposes of the group audit. The limited scope procedures included testing of revenue and associated

balance sheet amounts described in the key audit matters section above.

Further audit procedures over the consolidation and areas of significant judgement, including impairment of goodwill, share based

payments and taxation were performed at group level.

All audit work was completed by the group audit team and no component auditors were used in our audit.

#### Conclusions relating to going concern

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the

preparation of the financial  statements is appropriate. Our  evaluation  of the directors’  assessment  of the group’s and  parent

company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

•  Checking the arithmetic accuracy of the forecasts that form the basis of the Directors’ going concern assessment and viability

statement;

•  Assessing the appropriateness of the period used for the viability statement;

•  Corroborating the cash balances used as the starting point for the forecasts by confirming to bank confirmations;

•  Challenging management’s forecasts and comparing the 2024 budget to YTD results and order book;

•  Assessing covenant compliance within the period and agreeing that management forecasts and viability statement data is

compliant with covenant requirements;

•  Assessing the assumptions made in management’s stress-testing and reviewing contingency planning;

•  Completing further sensitivity analysis and stress-testing;

•  Auditing the disclosures in the financial statements in respect of going concern and viability.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that,

individually  or  collectively,  may  cast  significant  doubt  on  the  group’s  or  the  parent  company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going

concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the entity reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add

or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it

appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections

of this report.

#### Other information

The  other  information  comprises  the  information  included  in  the  annual  report  other  than  the  financial  statements  and  our

auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. Our opinion

on the financial statements  does  not cover the other information  and, except to the extent  otherwise  explicitly stated in our

report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent

with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives

rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude

that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

![Graphics]()

### Independent Auditor’s Report

#### to the members of Aptitude Software Group plc

74

#### Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion, the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the

Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements

are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

•  the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

#### Matters on which we are required to report by exception

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and their environment obtained in the

course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the Strategic Report or the Director’s Report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report

to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been

received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the  parent  company  financial  statements  and  the  part  of  the  directors’  remuneration  report  to  be  audited  are  not  in

agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

#### Corporate governance statement

We have  reviewed  the  directors’  statement in  relation to  going concern,  longer-term viability  and  that  part  of  the  Corporate

Governance Statement relating to the parent company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code

specified for our review by the Listing Rules.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate

Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:

•  Directors’ statement with regards the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material

uncertainties identified set out on pages 62 to 64;

•  Directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period

is appropriate set out on page 62;

•  Directors’ statement on whether it has a reasonable expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and

meets its liabilities set out on page 64;

•  Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 62;

•  Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on page 63;

•  Section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems set

out on pages 38 to 39; and,

•  Section describing the work of the audit committee set out on pages 35 to 38.

![Graphics]()

75

#### Responsibilities of directors

As  explained  more  fully  in  the  directors’  responsibilities  statement  set  out  on  page  61  the  directors  are  responsible  for  the

preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as

the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement,

whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability

to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of

accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no

realistic alternative but to do so.

#### Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to  obtain reasonable assurance about  whether the financial  statements  as a whole  are  free from material

misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a

high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material

misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the

aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial

statements.

#### The extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including

#### fraud

Irregularities  are  instances  of  non-compliance  with  laws  and  regulations.    The  objectives  of  our  audit  are  to  obtain  sufficient

appropriate audit evidence  regarding  compliance with laws  and  regulations that have  a  direct effect on  the  determination of

material amounts  and  disclosures  in the  financial  statements,  to  perform  audit  procedures to  help  identify  instances  of  non-

compliance  with  other  laws  and  regulations  that  may  have  a  material  effect  on  the  financial  statements,  and  to  respond

appropriately to identified or suspected non-compliance with laws and regulations identified during the audit.

In  relation  to  fraud,  the  objectives  of  our  audit  are  to  identify  and  assess  the  risk  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial

statements due to fraud, to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the assessed risks of material misstatement

due to fraud through  designing and implementing appropriate responses  and  to respond appropriately  to  fraud or suspected

fraud identified during the audit.

However, it is the primary responsibility of management, with the oversight of those charged with governance, to ensure that the

entity's operations are conducted in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations and for the prevention and detection

of fraud.

In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud, the group audit engagement

team:

•  obtained an understanding of the nature of the industry and sector, including the legal and regulatory frameworks that the

group and parent company operate in and how the group and parent company are complying with the legal and regulatory

frameworks;

•  inquired of management, and those charged with governance, about their own identification and assessment of the risks of

irregularities, including any known actual, suspected or alleged instances of fraud;

•  discussed matters about non-compliance with laws and regulations and how fraud might occur including assessment of how

and where the financial statements may be susceptible to fraud.

![Graphics]()

### Independent Auditor’s Report

#### to the members of Aptitude Software Group plc

76

The most significant laws and regulations were determined as follows:

#### Legislation /

#### Regulation

Additional audit procedures performed by the group audit engagement team included:

UK-adopted IAS and

Companies Act 2006

•  Review of the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation.

•  Completion of disclosure checklists to identify areas of non-compliance.

Tax compliance

regulations

•  Inspection of advice received from internal / external tax advisors.

•  Consultation with a tax specialist regarding the approach taken to the audit of tax.

•  Consideration of whether any matter identified during the audit required reporting to an

appropriate authority outside the entity.

The areas that we identified as being susceptible to material misstatement due to fraud were:

Risk Audit procedures performed by the audit engagement team:

Revenue recognition •  The audit procedures performed in relation to revenue recognition are documented in the

key audit matters section of our audit report.

Treatment of

development costs

•  Review  of  management’s  paper  considering  the  application  of  IAS  38  and  the  treatment

adopted by the group.

•  Interviewing  relevant  personnel  to  understand  the  nature  of  development  activities

undertaken  during  the  year  and  challenging  management  on  the  justification  for  non-

capitalisation.

Management override of

controls

•  Testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other adjustments.

•  Assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of

a potential bias.

•  Evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside

the normal course of business.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s

website at: http://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

#### Other matters which we are required to address.

Following the  recommendation  of the  audit  committee, we  were appointed by  management in  September  2021 to  audit  the

financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2021 and subsequent financial periods.

The  period  of  total  uninterrupted  consecutive  appointment  is  3  years,  covering  the  years  ending  31  December  2021  to  31

December 2023.

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company and we

remain independent of the group and the parent company in conducting our audit.

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee in accordance with ISAs (UK).

![Graphics]()

77

#### Use of our report

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act

2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to

state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume

responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for

the opinions we have formed.

As required by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Disclosures Guidance and Transparency Rule (DTR) 4.1.14R, these financial

statements will form part of the European Single Electronic Format (ESEF) prepared Annual Financial Report filed on the National

Storage Mechanism of the UK FCA in accordance with the ESEF Regulatory Technical Standard (‘ESEP RTS’). This auditor’s report

provides no assurance over whether the annual financial report has been prepared using the single electronic format specified in

the ESEF RTS.

Graham Ricketts (Senior Statutory Auditor)

For and on behalf of RSM UK Audit LLP, Statutory Auditor

Chartered Accountants

25 Farringdon Street

London

EC4A 4AB

20 March 2024

![Graphics]()

78

### Consolidated Income Statement

#### for the year ended 31 December 2023

Year ended 31 Dec 2023 Year ended 31 Dec 2022

Note

Before non-

underlying

items

£000

Non-

underlying

items

£000

Total

£000

Before non-

underlying

items

£000

Non-

underlying

items

£000

Total

£000

Revenue

1,2 74,685 — 74,685 74,394 — 74,394

Operating costs 3

(64,959) (4,441) (69,400) (66,887) (3,822) (70,709)

Operating profit 3

9,726 (4,441) 5,285 7,507 (3,822) 3,685

Finance income 5

282 — 282 18 — 18

Finance costs 5

(527) — (527) (498) — (498)

Net finance costs

(245) — (245) (480) — (480)

Profit before income tax

9,481 (4,441) 5,040 7,027 (3,822) 3,205

Income tax expense 6

(1,786) 871 (915) (1,481) 871 (610)

Profit for the period from continuing

operations

7,695 (3,570) 4,125 5,546 (2,951) 2,595

Earnings per share

Basic

7

7.2p 4.5p

Diluted

7

7.1p 4.5p

The accounting policies and notes on pages 84 to 132 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

![Graphics]()

Consolidated Statement of

### Comprehensive Income

#### for the year ended 31 December 2023

79

Note

Group

Year ended

31 Dec

2023

£000

Group

Year ended

31 Dec

2022

£000

Profit for the year

4,125 2,595

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that will or may be reclassified to profit or loss:

Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement 25 (1,242)  187

Gain on effective cash flow hedges 25 1,044

1,445

Currency translation difference (954)  1,972

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges

25 50 (335)

Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year, net of tax

(1,102)  3,269

Total comprehensive income for the year

3,023 5,864

The accounting policies and notes on pages 84 to 132 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

![Graphics]()

80

### Balance Sheets

#### At 31 December 2023

Note

Group

As at

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

As at

31 Dec 2022

£000

Company

As at

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

As at

31 Dec 2022

£000

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment including right-of-use assets 9 4,484 5,103 24 15

Goodwill 10 46,006 46,006 — —

Intangible assets 11 17,739 21,120 — —

Investments in subsidiaries 12 — — 68,808 68,510

Other long-term assets 13 1,016 1,307 — —

Deferred tax assets 15

1,379 423 — —

70,624 73,959 68,832 68,525

Current assets

Trade and other receivables 16

12,526 12,297 548 452

Financial assets – derivative financial instruments 17 1,141 1,339 534 812

Current income tax assets 14 1,037 1,352 500 1,951

Cash and cash equivalents 18

34,085 29,245 22,951 14,340

48,789 44,233 24,533 17,555

Total assets

119,413 118,192 93,365 86,080

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Financial liabilities

– borrowings 19 (1,250)  (1,250)  (1,250)  (1,250)

Trade and other payables 20 (40,773)  (38,146)  (14,882)  (14,982)

Capital lease obligations 21 (426)  (553)  — —

Current income tax liabilities (1,588)  (119)  — —

Provisions 22 (100)  (114)  — —

(44,137)  (40,182)  (16,132)  (16,232)

Net current assets

4,652 4,051 8,401 1,323

Non-current liabilities

Financial liabilities – borrowings 19 (7,139)  (8,347)  (7,139)  (8,347)

Capital lease obligations 21 (2,588)  (3,196)  — —

Provisions 22 (268)  (202)  — —

Deferred tax liabilities 15

(4,967)  (5,724)  (84)  (116)

(14,962)  (17,469)  (7,223)  (8,463)

NET ASSETS

60,314 60,541 70,010 61,385

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Share capital 23 4,204 4,204 4,204 4,204

Share premium account 24 11,959 11,959 11,959 11,959

Capital redemption reserve 12,372 12,372 12,372 12,372

Other reserves 25 34,989 35,199 17,707 17,978

(Accumulated losses)/retained earnings 26 (2,349)  (3,286)  23,768 14,872

Foreign currency translation reserve

(861)  93 — —

TOTAL EQUITY

60,314 60,541 70,010 61,385

The accounting policies and notes on pages 84 to 132 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company is exempt from the requirement to present its own income

statement. The profit for the year of the Company was £12,053,000 (2022: loss for the year £791,000), see note 26 for details.

The financial statements on pages 78 to 132 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 20 March 2024 and were

signed on its behalf by:

Ivan Martin Michael Johns

Director Director Company Registered Number: 01602662

![Graphics]()

### Consolidated Statement of Changes in

### Shareholders’ Equity

#### for the year ended 31 December 2023

81

Attributable to owners of the Parent

Note

Share

capital

£000

Share

premium

account

£000

(Accumulated

losses)/

retained

earnings

£000

Foreign

currency

translation

reserve

£000

Capital

redemption

reserve

£000

Other

reserves

£000

Total

equity

£000

Group

Balance at 1 January 2022

4,194 11,946 (3,346)  (1,879)  12,372 33,902 57,189

Profit for the year

26 — — 2,595 — — — 2,595

Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement 25 — — — — — 187 187

Gain on effective cash flow hedges 25 — — — — — 1,445 1,445

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 25 — — — — — (335)  (335)

Exchange rate adjustments — — — 1,972 — — 1,972

Total comprehensive income for the year

— — 2,595 1,972 — 1,297 5,864

Shares issued under share option schemes 23-24 10 13 — — — — 23

Share options – value of employee service 15 — — 695 — — — 695

Deferred tax on share options 26 — — (137)  — — — (137)

Dividends to equity holders of the company

— — (3,093)  — — — (3,093)

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

of the company recognised directly in equity

10 13 (2,535)  — — — (2,512)

Balance at 31 December 2022

4,204 11,959 (3,286)  93 12,372 35,199

60,541

Profit for the year

26

— — 4,125 — — — 4,125

Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement

25 — — — — — (1,242)  (1,242)

Gain on effective cash flow hedges

25 — — — — — 1,044 1,044

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges

25 — — — — — 50 50

Exchange rate adjustments — — — (954)  — — (954)

Total comprehensive income for the year

— — 4,125 (954)  — (148)  3,023

Share options – value of employee service 26 — — 125 — — — 125

Transfer on exercise of options 25 — — (151)  — — 124 (27)

Purchase of own shares

25 — — — — — (186)  (186)

Deferred tax on share options 15

— — (66)  — — — (66)

Dividends to equity holders of the company 8

— — (3,096)  — — — (3,096)

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

of the company recognised directly in equity — — (3,188)  — — (62)  (3,250)

Balance at 31 December 2023

4,204 11,959 (2,349)  (861)  12,372 34,989 60,314

The accounting policies and notes on pages 84 to 132 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

![Graphics]()

### Company Statement of Changes in

### Shareholders’ Equity

#### for the year ended 31 December 2023

82

Attributable to owners of the Company

Note

Share

capital

£000

Share

premium

account

£000

Retained

earnings

£000

Capital

redemption

reserve

£000

Other

reserves

£000

Total

equity

£000

Company

Balance at 1 January 2022 4,194 11,946 18,116 12,372 17,369 63,997

Loss for the year 26 — — (791)  — — (791)

Cash flow hedges

Gain on effective cash flow hedges 812 812

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 25 — — — — (203)  (203)

Total comprehensive income for the

year — — (791)  — 609 (182)

Shares issued under share option

schemes 23-24 10 13 — — — 23

Share options – value of employee

service 26 — — 695 — — 695

Deferred tax on share options 15 — — (55)  — — (55)

Dividends to equity holders of the

company 8 — — (3,093)  — — (3,093)

Total Contributions by and

distributions to owners of the

company recognised directly in equity 10 13 (2,453)  — — (2,430)

Balance at 31 December 2022 4,204 11,959 14,872 12,372 17,978 61,385

Profit for the year 26 — — 12,053 — — 12,053

Cash flow hedges reclassified to

income statement 25 — — — — (302)  (302)

Gain on effective cash flow hedges 25 — — — — 23 23

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 25 — — — — 70 70

Total comprehensive income for the

year — — 12,053 — (209)  11,844

Share options – value of employee

service 26 — — 73 — — 73

Transfer on exercise of options 25 — — (151)  — 124 (27)

Purchase of own shares 25 — — — — (186)  (186)

Deferred tax on share options 15 — — 17 — — 17

Dividends to equity holders of the

company 8 — — (3,096)  — — (3,096)

Total Contributions by and

distributions to owners of the

company recognised directly in equity — — (3,157)  — (62)  (3,219)

Balance at 31 December 2023 4,204 11,959 23,768 12,372 17,707 70,010

The accounting policies and notes on pages 84 to 132 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

![Graphics]()

83

### Statements of Cash Flow

#### for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Company

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash generated from/(used in) operations 27 11,945 5,272 11,931 (1,203)

Interest paid (316)  (498)  (315)  (375)

Income tax (paid) (635)  (1,597)  — (1,451)

Net cash flows generated from/(used in) operating activities 10,994 3,177 11,616 (3,029)

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment, excluding right-of-use assets 9 (601)  (831)  (19)  (11)

Interest received 282 18 273 18

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities (319)  (813)  254 7

Cash flows from financing activities

Net proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares 24 — 23 — 23

Dividends paid to company’s shareholders 8 (3,096)  (3,093)  (3,096)  (3,093)

Purchase of own shares 25 (186)  — (186)  —

Repayments of loan 19 (1,250)  (313)  (1,250)  (313)

Extension fee on loan 19 (40)  — — —

Repayment of capital lease obligations 21 (534)  (405)  — —

Amounts received from group undertakings 20 — — 71,037 59,184

Amounts borrowed from group undertakings 20 —  — (69,764)  (57,937)

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities (5,106)  (3,788)  (3,259)  (2,136)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 5,569 (1,424)  8,611 (5,158)

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at beginning of year 18 29,245 29,064 14,340 19,498

Exchange rate (losses)/gains on cash and cash equivalents (729)  1,605 — —

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 18 34,085 29,245 22,951 14,340

Liabilities from financing activities Other assets

Borrowings

£000

Leases

£000

Subtotal

£000

Cash

£000

Total

£000

Net funds as at 1 January 2023 (9,597)  (3,749)  (13,346)  29,245 15,899

Financing cash flows 1,250 534 1,784 5,569 7,353

De-recognition of leases — 168 168 — 168

Foreign exchange adjustments — 162 162 (729)  (567)

Unamortised prepaid facility arrangement fees (42)  — (42)  — (42)

Interest expense (316)  (129)  (445)  — (445)

Interest payments (presented as operating cash flows) 316 —  316 — 316

Net funds as at 31 December 2023 (8,389)  (3,014)  (11,403)  34,085 22,682

Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and that are

subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

The accounting policies and notes on pages 84 to 132 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

84

#### ACCOUNTING POLICIES

#### General information

The Company is a public company limited by shares and incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales.

The Group consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 20 March 2024.

#### Summary of significant accounting policies

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These

policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

#### Basis of preparation

The consolidated and parent financial statements of Aptitude Software Group plc have been prepared in accordance with UK-

adopted International Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and the disclosure

guidance and transparency rules sourcebook of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority. The consolidated and parent

financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost basis, as modified by the revaluation of financial assets and

financial liabilities (including derivatives) which are recognised at fair value.

The presentation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also

requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving

a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated and parent

financial statements are disclosed on pages 99 and 102.

Amounts presented have been disclosed to the nearest £’000 unless otherwise stated.

#### Going Concern

After reviewing the Group’s forecasts and projections, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate

resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. The Directors have prepared forecasts for going concern

which show that the Group will have sufficient cash to operate and meet their operating liabilities as and when they fall due for a

period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements. The Group therefore continues to adopt the

going concern basis in preparing its financial statements. Information used to make this decision is detailed below.

A  scenario  testing  exercise  was  performed  for  the  period  covered  by  the  going  concern  forecast,  including  considering

management’s base case  forecast and an  extreme downside scenario  where no  new  customers were won,  which is  far  more

pessimistic than current situations may suggest. In all scenarios Aptitude remains comfortably profitable and cash generative in

the years under review. Financial performance in 2024 is not expected to be materially different from current year levels due to the

long-range revenue visibility achieved through the recurring revenue business model. These recurring revenues, representing over

60% of total revenue, are resilient given the nature of the Group’s enterprise applications which are typically heavily integrated

and  central  to  clients’  mission-critical  long-term  financial  reporting  and  subscription  management  processes,  underpinned  by

minimum contractual terms of up to six years at inception.

The Directors are reassured that the Group is financially robust benefitting from a cash balance at 31 December 2023 of £34.1 million

and net funds of £22.7 million. Additionally, the Group is cash generative and profitable, reporting Adjusted Operating Profit in the

year of £9.7 million. See page 4 for definitions of how these metrics are calculated.

Supplementing these strengths, Aptitude benefits from a diverse client base, across multiple geographies and industries.

The  business  benefits  from  a  recurring  revenue  model  in  which  software  licence  and  subscription  fees  are  typically  received

annually in advance.

![Graphics]()

85

#### Changes in Accounting policy and disclosures

(a)  New standards, interpretations and amendments effective from 1 January 2023

The  Group  has  applied  the  following  new  standards,  amendments  and  interpretations  for  the  first  time  for  their  annual

reporting period commencing 1 January 2023:

•  Amendments to IAS 12: Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction

•  Amendments to IAS 8: Definition of Accounting Estimates

•  Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2: Disclosure of Accounting policies

•  Amendments to IFRS 17: Insurance Contracts

The adoption of these standards did not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

(b)  New standards and interpretations that have not been early adopted

None of the new standards, amendments and interpretations, which are effective for periods beginning after 1 January 2024

and which have not been adopted early, are expected to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements

of the Group.

#### Basis of consolidation

The financial statements of the Group comprise the financial statements of the Company, Aptitude Software Group plc and its

subsidiary undertakings (“subsidiaries”) prepared at the consolidated statement of financial position date.

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group has control over an entity where the Group is exposed to, or has

rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and it has the power over the entity to effect those returns. The

existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing control.

The Group also assesses existence of control where it does not have more than 50% of the voting power but is able to govern

the  financial  and  operating  policies  by  virtue  of  de-facto  control.  De-facto  control  may  arise  in  circumstances  where  the  size

and dispersion of holdings of other shareholders give the Group the power to govern the financial and operating activities. The

results of subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control passes to the Group. Results of disposed subsidiaries are

consolidated up to the date on which control passes from the Group.

The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of an acquisition

is measured as the  fair  value of the assets given,  equity  instruments issued and liabilities  incurred or assumed at  the  date of

exchange Identifiable assets and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at

their fair values at acquisition date, irrespective of the extent of any minority interest. The excess of cost of acquisition over the

fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets is recorded as goodwill.

Inter-company transactions, balances, income and expenses on transactions between group companies are eliminated. Profits

and losses resulting from inter-company transactions that are recognised in assets are also eliminated. Accounting policies of the

subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

86

#### Revenue recognition

Revenue comprises the transaction price, being the amount of consideration the Group expects to be entitled to in exchange for

transferring promised goods or services to a customer in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of

value-added tax, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group.

The Group derives its revenues from the following categories:

–   software based activity relating to the Group’s intellectual property (comprising software licences, maintenance, support,

software subscription fees, financial transactions, usage fees along with funded development and related consultancy);

and

–  general consultancy services.

The Group recognises revenue from each of these categories as follows:

#### Software based activity

Software licence, software subscription and maintenance fees

The Group licences its software on an Annual Licence Fee, Initial Licence Fee or Perpetual Licence Fee basis. The Group also has

a number  of  Software-as-a-Service  offerings  with software  subscription  fees being  recognised  in  the  same manner  as  Annual

Licence Fees.

Within the policy, the Group references three distinct periods which drives the method by which these revenues are recognised,

being  the  initial  contractual  term,  the  auto-renewal  period  and  the  optimisation  period.  These  periods  and  the  relationship

between them is outlined below:

–  Initial contractual term – The period over which the transaction price for each contract is recognised.

–   Auto renewal period – On conclusion of the initial contractual term, customers enter into auto renewal periods which

are typically twelve months in length. Under the terms of the contract the customer has no material right to enter into

these renewal periods which consequently have been determined as representing a new contract under IFRS 15.

–   Optimisation period – The period assessed by management on inception of the contract over which the revenues are

recognised, representing the duration of time during which the most significant optimisation and functional enhancement

of the software is undertaken. Where this period is greater in length than the initial term of the contract, the revenues

recognised across the contractual term are capped at the total value of the contract.

Assessment of performance obligations

On inception of each contract, the Group assesses whether ongoing contractual obligations, charged as software maintenance,

represent a separately distinct performance obligation and promise from either the licence or subscription fees. If not distinct, the

software licence and maintenance fees form part of a combined performance obligation. If the licence/subscription is distinct it is

recognised separately from the other performance obligations at the time of the delivery of the licenced software.

In assessing whether a licence is distinct from the software maintenance, the Group considers the scope of maintenance services

being provided which extends to the significant continuing requirement to:

–  optimise functionality within the software;

–  optimise performance of the software; and

–  provide technical and functional enhancements to ensure continued user regulatory compliance.

For all existing contracts, it is determined that the software licence/subscription and maintenance fees form part of a combined

performance obligation. The transaction price agreed in the licence and maintenance contract is therefore allocated in full to this

combined performance obligation with the selling price determined by way of the fixed annual licence or subscription fees paid

annually in advance.

How the combined performance obligation is recognised

Where the  software  licence, subscription  and maintenance  fees  meet the  criteria of  a  combined performance  obligation, the

Group determines for each contract the most appropriate method of recognising revenue. This assessment was completed with

reference to paragraph 35 of IFRS 15, in which it was determined that the criteria within Paragraph 35(a) had been met in respect

of recognising the combined performance obligation over time. This is through the customer simultaneously receiving the benefit

![Graphics]()

87

of accessing and utilising the software from inception of the contract across the period due to the need for the software to adapt

over time to the changing needs of the client and complexities of the regulatory environment.

Method of revenue recognition in respect of the performance obligations

In determining the most accurate measure of recognising revenue, the business concluded that this should be done in line with

the development activity related to the relevant product. This development activity incorporates the effort incurred in optimising

both the functionality and performance of the software whilst providing technical and functional enhancements.

Measurement of the development activity is completed by way of the input method, with management providing an initial estimate

of the overall expected development hours to be incurred across the contract period. This estimate is then reviewed against actual

hours incurred at the end of each reporting period. Once the Group concludes on the revenue recognition profile, the business

determines on  a  contract  by  contract basis  the  period  over  which the  revenues  are  recognised.  This period  is  defined  as  the

optimisation period and represents the duration of time assessed by management during which the most significant optimisation

and functional enhancement of the software is undertaken.

For  both  periods  presented,  all  contracts  assessed  were  considered  to  have  a  consistent  development  activity  based  on

management’s  assessment  of  the  overall  development  hours  expected  to  be  incurred  across  the  optimisation  period.  This

assessment was supported by the review against actual hours incurred at the end of each reporting period.

Revenue recognition constraint

Given the highly specialised nature of the software and demands of the customer, the implementation of this software (provided

through a separate statement of work) is complex and frequently involves multi-phase roll outs which identify new requirements

over an extended  period of time. Consequently, the period prior to the successful integration  of the Group’s application with

the customer’s system (or Go-Live date), provides enhanced levels of contractual risk for the Group in respect of the licence and

maintenance agreement. Under the terms of the contract, both parties have enforceable rights and obligations to terminate over

the length of the agreement to the extent that the implementation of the software is not feasible.

Consequently, during the period from the Group initially licencing its software to the product being deployed into a live client

environment, an  ongoing assessment  is  performed  by  management  on  a contract  by contract  basis to  determine  if  sufficient

challenges exist that would cast doubt over future economic benefits being realised by the business. Where such challenges exist,

the revenue recognised across the period is constrained to the value of any amount invoiced and paid prior to the end of the

reporting date, with this being assessed as the consideration during the period up to deployment. Once the software is deployed,

the amount of revenue recognised is adjusted so that it is proportional to the Group’s development effort to date against the total

expected development hours to be incurred across the contract period.

Revenue recognition where the optimisation period is longer than initial term of the contract

Where the optimisation period for a client is assessed by management as being greater than the initial term of the contract, being

the minimum term of the signed contract before auto renewal, the revenues recognised across the initial term are equal to the

total value of the contract.

Entry into auto-renewal periods during the optimisation period

Where a client’s initial contract term is shorter than the optimisation period assessed by management, the client will enter auto

renewal periods. Per IFRS 15, the Group has concluded that the entry into each auto renewal period represents a new contract due

to the customer having no material right under the terms of the contract to enter into these renewal periods.

Consequently, an assessment of whether the licence and maintenance services still represent a combined performance obligation

is performed.

In assessing whether a licence is distinct from the software maintenance, the Group determined that the scope of maintenance

services being provided aligns with the assessment made on inception of the contract and therefore all existing contracts continue

to form part of a combined performance obligation.

On completion of this assessment, the Group has determined that the development activity should continue to be utilised as the

most appropriate method of recognising revenue across the auto-renewal period.

Entry into auto-renewal periods post optimisation period

The transfer of the combined performance obligation is considered complete once the optimisation period concludes at which

point all  clients  have entered  their auto  renewal  period. Per  IFRS 15,  the  Group has  concluded that  the entry into  each auto

renewal  period  represents  a  new  contract  under  which  an  assessment  of  whether  the  licence  and  maintenance  services  still

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

88

represent a combined performance obligation is performed. This conclusion was underpinned by the customer having no material

right under the terms of the contract to enter into these renewal periods.

In assessing whether the licence is distinct from the software maintenance, the Group considers the following:-

–  the level of interrelation between the software licence and services provided;

–  the continuing requirements of the client to receive highly functioning, serviced software; and

–   the contractual terms and conditions set out in the annual renewal period and whether they are consistent with the

initial term

For both the current and prior year, the Group has determined that the licence and maintenance services for all existing contracts

entering their auto renewal period post optimisation period still represent a combined performance obligation.

On completion of this assessment, the Group determines for each contract the most appropriate revenue recognition method and

has concluded that the development activity related to the relevant product should continue to be utilised.

The annual licence and subscription fee is then recognised across the auto renewal period based on the application of this method.

In all current cases, the development activity is determined to be consistent across the auto-renewal period in accordance with

paragraph B18 of IFRS 15.

Product specific consultancy (implementation services)

Consultancy services which relate to a project which includes the Group’s software is contracted for on either a time and materials

basis or fixed priced basis and represents a distinct performance obligation from the software licence, software subscription and

maintenance fees. Time and materials consultancy is recognised in the period it is performed in. Fixed price or shared risk work

is recognised on a percentage completion basis of the remaining unbilled milestones. The percentage completed is determined

with reference to effort incurred to date and effort required to complete the development or consultancy. This method, used to

calculate revenue recognition, is appropriate on the basis that the services are transferred to the customer as the development

or consultancy work occurs.

For any contract involving a client licencing one of the Group’s products, an assessment is made by management at the year-end

of the expected  amount  of any additional  consultancy effort to  be  provided to satisfy  certain contractual obligations  without

incremental charge. Where such effort is anticipated, an accompanying deferral is calculated based on the value of this time if

charged to the client and is recognised through the deferral of revenues.

Financial transactions and usage fees

Financial transactions and usage fees are billed to clients utilising the e-Suite software on a monthly basis based on a per transaction

fee. The volume of transactions generated each month is driven wholly by the client, with no minimum commitment fee in place.

Revenue generated from financial transaction and usage contracts is therefore recognised in the month they arise.

Solution management services

Solution  management  services  go  beyond  the Group’s  software  maintenance  services  to  include  services  typically  performed

by  the  clients’  own  IT  teams,  including  for  example,  the  monitoring  of  system  performance,  user  administration  and  release

management. The client will commit to a monthly, quarterly or annual fee that covers an agreed level of services. Revenue from

solution management services are recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of the services being provided.

Support fees

Support fees are billed to clients where the Group’s software is licensed by a client and that client contracts with the Group for

support relating to the solution. The client will commit to a minimum monthly, quarterly or annual fee that covers an agreed level

of support and then agrees additional fees for support used over and above the minimum commitment. Revenue from support

contracts are recognised as the fees are earned.

![Graphics]()

89

Funded development

Where customers wish to accelerate the product development, the Group undertakes funded development work. Revenue for

funded development work is recognised on a percentage completed basis after deferring a proportion of the revenue to cover

the resolution of any issues arising  after  the  enhancement has been delivered to the customer. The  percentage  completed  is

determined with reference to effort required to complete the development. Once the enhancement has been accepted by the

customer the deferred portion of the revenue is recognised.

#### Commissions

Software sales commission costs meet the definition under IFRS 15 of incremental costs of obtaining a contract. As a result, an

asset is recognised at inception of the contract for the total value of commissions payable which will typically be amortised across

the optimisation period, this being the period assessed by management over which significant modification and optimisation is

required in respect of each client.

#### Segmental reporting

Operating  segments  are  reported  in  a  manner  consistent  with  the  internal  reporting  provided  to  key  decision  makers.  These

decision makers are responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments.

The primary segmental reporting is by operating segment, the Group operates only one segment, this being the Aptitude business.

The chief operational decision makers for the segment are Alex Curran (Acting  Chief  Executive  Officer)  and  Mike  Johns  (Chief

Financial Officer).

#### Non-underlying items

Non-underlying items are significant items of income or expense which are disclosed and described separately in the accounts

where it is necessary to do so in order to provide a better understanding of the financial performance of the Group. These items

include the costs of acquiring a Group subsidiary, post acquisition and group restructuring costs, and the amortisation of acquired

intangibles.

#### Property, plant and equipment including right-of-use assets

Property, plant and equipment is shown at historic purchase cost less accumulated depreciation and adjusted for any impairment.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that

the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term, full details of the initial recognition and ongoing measurement of

these assets is provided within the leasing policy note on pages 92 to 93. Land is not depreciated. Costs include expenditure that

is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Depreciation is provided on assets so as to write off the cost of property, plant and equipment less their residual value over their

estimated useful economic lives by equal annual instalments at the following rates.

Leasehold improvements  10 – 20 per cent (or the life of the lease if shorter)

Plant and machinery  10 – 50 per cent

Fixtures and fittings  10 – 20 per cent

Estimation of the useful economic life includes an assessment of the expected rate of technological developments and the intensity

at which the assets are expected to be used.

The assets’ residual values and useful economic lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.

#### Goodwill

Goodwill arising on  consolidation represents the  excess  of the fair  value of the  consideration  given over the  fair  value of the

identifiable  net  assets  acquired.  Goodwill  is  capitalised  on  the  balance  sheet  and  subject  to  an  annual  impairment  test.  The

carrying value of goodwill is cost less accumulated impairment. Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units for the purpose

of  impairment  testing.  The  allocation  is  made  to  those  cash  generating  units  that  are  expected  to  benefit  from  the  business

combinations in which the goodwill arose. The Group is currently treated as a single CGU. Impairment reviews are carried out by

the Board at least annually. Impairments to goodwill are charged to the income statement in the period in which they arise.

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

90

#### Intangible assets

Research and Development (“R&D”)

Research expenditure is expensed to the income statement as incurred. Costs incurred on internal development projects relating

to new or substantially improved products are recognised as intangible assets from the date upon which all IAS 38 criteria have

been satisfied.

In assessing the IAS 38 criteria it is considered that because of the challenges presented by the complexity of underlying software

development issues and the competitive nature of the markets in which we operate, the technical feasibility and future probability

of development has only been satisfied once the product is deployed into a live customer environment. Accordingly development

costs have not been capitalised. The Group however continues to assess the eligibility of development costs for capitalisation on

a project-by-project basis.

Costs which are incurred after the general release of internally generated software, or costs which are incurred in order to enhance

existing products by way of minor or major upgrades, or other changes in software functionality, do not satisfy the criteria in order

to capitalise. Such expenditure is therefore recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred and included within

research and development expense in the income statement.

Externally acquired software intellectual property rights

Rights  in  externally  acquired  software assets  are  capitalised  at  cost  and  amortised over  their  estimated  useful  economic  life.

Useful economic life is assessed on an individual basis.

Software Intellectual Property Rights

Software Intellectual Property Rights (“IPR”) is recognised only on acquisition. The fair value is derived based on time spent on

the project at an average daily cost rate. The carrying value is stated at fair value at acquisition less accumulated amortisation and

impairment losses. The useful economic life is assessed on an individual basis. Amortisation is charged on a straight line basis over

the estimated useful economic life of the assets.

Customer relationships

Client relationships are recognised only on acquisition. The fair value in respect of the Revstream acquisition is derived based on

discounted cash flows from estimated recurring revenue streams. The fair value in respect of the MPP Global acquisition is derived

based on the value of customer related assets based on future cash flows should those assets be replaced. The carrying value is

stated at fair value at acquisition less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. The useful economic life is assessed on an

individual basis. Amortisation is charged on a straight line basis over the estimated economic useful life of the assets.

For details about amortisation methods and periods used by the Group for intangible assets see note 11.

#### Interest income and expense

Interest is recognised using the effective interest method.

#### Impairment of non-financial assets

Assets that have an indefinite useful economic life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment and

whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Assets that are subject

to amortisation are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not

be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable

amount. The recoverable amount is  the  higher of an asset’s fair value  less  costs to sell and value  in  use. For the purposes of

assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows. Non-financial

assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting

date. Any impairment of goodwill is not reversed.

#### Investments

Investments in subsidiaries are stated in the financial statements of the Company at cost less any provision for impairment.

![Graphics]()

91

#### Cash and cash equivalents

Cash is defined as cash in hand and on demand deposits. Cash equivalents are defined as short term, highly liquid investments with

original maturities of three months or less.

#### Share-based payments

The Group operates share-based compensation plans that are equity settled. The fair value of the employee services received in

exchange for the grant of the options is recognised as an expense in the Group income statement over the vesting period with

a corresponding adjustment to equity. The expense for options granted is included within operating costs. The charge taken to

the Company income statement reflects only those options granted to employees of the Company with the remainder granted to

employees employed under subsidiary companies. These options are treated in a similar manner to capital contributions with an

addition to investments.

The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted,

excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions.

Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to become exercisable.

At each balance sheet date, the entity revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to become exercisable. It

recognises the impact of the revision of original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to

equity.

For  market-based  conditions,  there  is  no  re-measurement  at  subsequent  reporting  dates.  Therefore,  once  determined,  the

accounting expense will not be reduced if the performance target is not met and awards do not vest.

The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share

premium when the options are exercised.

Where the options granted have market based vesting conditions attached, the Group utilises the Monte Carlo pricing model. For

all other option grants the Black Scholes pricing model is applied.

Further details on the Group’s share based compensation plans are provided in note 29.

#### Foreign currency

Items included within the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary

economic environment in which the entity operates. The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, which is the

Group’s presentational currency.

Foreign  transactions  are  translated  into  the  functional  currency  at  the  exchange  rate  ruling  when  the  transaction  is  entered

into. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end

exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement.

On consolidation, the balance sheet of each overseas subsidiary is translated at the closing rate at the date of the balance sheet,

and the  income and  expenses  for  each  income statement  are translated  at  the  average  exchange rate  for the  period  subject

to revenue from overseas subsidiaries’ quarterly, half yearly or annual invoices for Annual Licence Fees or Maintenance being

recognised at the exchange rate at the point of invoicing. Exchange gains and losses arising thereon are recognised as a separate

component of equity. The main overseas balance sheets requiring translation are denominated in US Dollar, Singapore Dollar,

Polish Zloty and Canadian Dollar.

Exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign subsidiaries are taken to shareholders’ equity

on consolidation. When a foreign operation is sold, such exchange differences are recognised in the income statement as part of

the gain or loss on sale.

#### Pensions

The Group operates defined contribution retirement benefit plans in respect of its UK employees and for employees in certain

overseas territories. Employee and employer contributions are based on basic earnings for the current year. The schemes are

funded by payments to trustee-administered funds completely independent of the Group’s finances. The expense is recognised

on a monthly basis as accrued. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid.

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

92

#### Tax incentive schemes

Entities within the Group are entitled to claim special tax deductions in relation to qualifying research and development expenditure.

The Group accounts for such allowances as tax credits, which means that the allowance reduces income tax payable and current

tax expense. A deferred tax asset is recognised for unclaimed tax credits that are carried forward as deferred tax assets.

#### Current and deferred income tax

The charge for current tax is based on the results for the year as adjusted for items which are non-assessable or disallowed. It is

calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of

assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, the deferred income tax is not

accounted for, if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at

the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit and loss.

Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance

sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability

is settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the

temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the

timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will

not reverse in the foreseeable future.

#### Trade and other receivables

Trade  and  other  receivables  are  recognised  initially  at  transaction  price  and  to  the  extent  that  it  is  deemed  necessary  are

subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. The Group assesses

impairment on  a  forward-looking basis  using the  expected  credit loss  method and  has  applied the  simplified approach  which

permits the use of the lifetime expected loss provision for all trade and other receivables.

The amount of any provision is recognised in the income statement within other operating costs.

#### Trade payables

Trade payables are recognised initially at fair  value  and  subsequently measured at amortised cost using the  effective  interest

method. Trade payables are generally settled on 30 day terms.

#### Leasing

At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains a lease. A contract is, or contains a lease if the

contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. To assess

whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset, the Group assesses whether:

•  The contract involves the use of an identified asset – this may be specified explicitly or implicitly and should be physically

distinct  or  represent  substantially  all  of  the  capacity  of  a  physically  distinct  asset.  If  the  supplier  has  a  substantive

substitution right, then the asset is not identified

•  The Group has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the asset throughout the period

of use; and

•  The Group has the right to direct the use of the asset. The Group has this right when it has the decision-making rights

that are most relevant to changing how and for what purposes the asset is used. In rare cases where all the decisions

about how and for what purpose the asset is used are predetermined, the Group has the right to direct the use of the

asset if either:

–  The Group has the right to operate the asset; or

–  The Group designed the asset in a way that predetermines how and for what purpose it will be used.

![Graphics]()

93

On lease commencement date, the Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. The right-of-use asset is initially

measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the

commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle, less any lease incentives received.

The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the earlier of

the end of the useful life of the right-of-use asset or the end of the lease term. The estimated useful life of the right-of-use asset

is periodically reviewed and if applicable, adjusted for certain re-measurements of the lease liability.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date,

discounted using the  interest  rate implicit in  the  lease or, if that  rate  cannot be readily  determined,  the Group’s incremental

borrowing rate adjusted  for  lease specific and asset  specific terms where required.  Generally,  the Group uses  its  incremental

borrowing rate as the discount rate adjusted for lease specific and asset specific terms where required.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise:

–  Fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments;

–   Variable  lease  payments  that  depend  on  an  index  or  a  rate,  initially  measured  using  the  index  or  rate  as  at  the

commencement date; and

–   Lease payments in an option renewal period if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise an extension option, and

penalties for early termination of a lease unless the Group is reasonably certain not to terminate early.

The lease liability is measured at the present value of the future minimum lease payments discounted at the incremental rate of

borrowing. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, or if the

Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise an extension or termination option.

Where the Group leases properties with no defined lease term, management have made an estimate of the remaining lease term

on commencement date based on their view of the business needs. The lease liability is then remeasured if circumstances arise

which change management’s perception of the remaining lease term and subsequent future lease payments.

If the contract includes options to break or terminate the lease which are at the right of the lessor, the Group measures the lease

term based on the expectation that these will lapse unless it has been made aware at the time of adoption. If subsequently the

lessor decides to exercise any of these options, the lease liability is then remeasured due to the change in future lease payments.

When the lease liability is remeasured in the above circumstances, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying value of

the right-of-use asset, or is recorded in the profit or loss if the carrying value of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

Where the Group has a legal obligation for future expenditure in relation to onerous lease properties which are either vacant or

being sublet, the right-of-use asset is adjusted by the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required

to settle the present obligation. The discount rate used to determine the present value reflects current market assessments of the

time value of money and the risks specific to the lease agreement.

The Group presents right-of-use assets within “property, plant and equipment” and lease liabilities in “capital lease obligations”.

#### Short term lease and leases of low-value assets

The Group has elected to take the exemption not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases that

have a lease term of 12 months or less and leases of low-value assets. The Group defines leases of low-value assets as being any

lease agreement where the total value of payments made across the lease term is less than £5,000.

The Group recognises the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease.

#### Share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares or options are

shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

#### Provisions

Provisions are created on the Group’s leased properties where it has a legal obligation to return them to their fair condition at

the end of their respective lease terms. The provision is measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the

future expected repair costs required at the balance sheet date. The discount rate used to determine the present value reflects

the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

94

#### Dividend distribution

Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in

which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders or in respect of interim dividends when they are paid.

#### Dividend income

Dividend income to the Company received from subsidiary investments is recognised in the Company income statement in the

period in which it is paid.

#### Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

The Group holds derivative financial instruments to hedge its foreign currency and interest rate risk exposure.

Derivatives are initially recognised and measured at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and subsequently

measured at fair value. The gain or loss on re-measurement is taken to the income statement except where the derivative is a

designated hedging instrument. The accounting treatment of derivatives classified as hedges depends on their designation, which

occurs on the date that the derivative contract is committed to. At inception of the hedge relationship, the Group documents the

economic relationship between the hedging instruments and the hedged items, including whether changes in the cash flows of the

hedging instruments are expected to offset changes in the cash flows of hedged items. The Group documents its risk management

objectives and strategy for undertaking its hedging transactions. At the year-end the Group has designated its derivatives as a

hedge of the cost of a highly probable forecasted transaction commitment (‘cash flow hedge’). Gains or losses on cash flow hedges

that are regarded as highly effective are recognised in other comprehensive income. If the forecasted transaction or commitment

results in future income or expenditure, gains or losses deferred in other comprehensive income are transferred to the income

statement in the same period as the underlying income or expenditure. The ineffective portions of the gain or loss on the hedging

instrument are not recognised in other comprehensive income, rather they are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

For the portion of hedges deemed ineffective or transactions that do not qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS 9, any change

in assets  or  liabilities is  recognised  immediately in  the  income statement.  When  a  hedging  instrument  expires  or  is  sold,  any

cumulative gain or  loss  existing in  equity  at that time  remains in equity  and  is recognised  when  the forecasted transaction  is

ultimately recognised in the income statement.

#### FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group’s trading, multi-national operations and debt financing expose it to financial risks that include the effects of changes in

foreign currency exchange rates, credit risk, liquidity and interest rates.

The Group manages these risks so as to limit any adverse effects on the financial performance of the Group.

#### (a) Market risk – Foreign exchange

The Group’s major foreign exchange exposures are to the Polish Zloty, US Dollar, Canadian Dollar and Singapore Dollar. Group

policy in this area is to eliminate foreign currency cash flows between Group companies once the size and timing of transactions

can be predicted with sufficient certainty. This has been achieved by hedging Polish Zloty cash outflows 12 months in advance

by using forward foreign currency contracts. These have the effect of fixing the sterling amount of Polish Zlotys to be paid in the

future. The average remaining life of the forward exchange contracts at 31 December 2023 was 6 months (2022: 6 months).

Given the above policy, the table below approximates the impact on the Group’s profit before tax of a 5% exchange rate movement

(strengthening of sterling against the specified currency) of the Group’s major non sterling trading currencies during the year.

2023

£000

2022

£000

Polish Zloty 57 (38)

US Dollar 66 56

Canadian Dollar 71 (5)

Singapore Dollar

73 47

267 60

In  addition,  the  table  below  approximates  the  impact  on  the  profit  or  loss  of  translation  on  the  Group’s  financial  assets  and

liabilities of a 5% exchange rate movement (strengthening of the sterling against the specified currency) of the Group’s major non

sterling trading currencies.

![Graphics]()

95

2023

£000

2022

£000

Polish Zloty 18 14

US Dollar (580) (841)

Canadian Dollar (17) (9)

Singapore Dollar

10 3

(569) (833)

For both of the tables displayed above, a 5% weakening of sterling against the relevant currency, there would be a comparable

but opposite impact on the profit.

Management have reviewed the 5% exchange rate movement and considered it is an appropriate value in calculating the impact

of foreign exchange exposures.

The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period, expressed in Local Currency Units, was as follows:

2023 2022

PLN

CU ‘000

USD

CU ‘000

CAD

CU ‘000

SGD

CU ‘000

PLN

CU ‘000

USD

CU ‘000

CAD

CU ‘000

SGD

CU ‘000

Trade receivables – 5,903 – 155 – 6,273 – 178

Trade payables

(570) – (4) – (1,152) (120) (2) –

Foreign currency forwards

Buy foreign currency

(cash flow hedges)

71,400 – – – 73,100 – – –

#### (b) Market risk – Interest rate

The Group’s major interest rate exposures during the year arose from both interest payable on borrowings and interest earned

on its cash balances.

In respect of interest payable on borrowings, it is the Group’s policy to enter into an interest rate swap so that there is no change

in interest payable pursuant to changes in interest rates. The fixed interest rate payable on the Group’s credit facility is 2.95%

(2022: 2.95%).

The Group’s policy on interest earned from its cash balances is to maximise the return (subject to the constraints imposed by the

need to limit credit and liquidity risk as detailed below).

Given the above policies the table below approximates the impact on the Group’s profit before tax of an increase of 100 basis

points in interest rates during the year. This is deemed an appropriate level given the current economic climate.

2023

£000

2022

£000

Increase in interest receivable on cash balances

249 248

For a decrease of 100 basis points in interest rates, there would be a comparable but opposite impact on profit.

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

96

#### (c) Credit risk

The Group’s major credit risk exposures arise from its cash and trade receivable balances. The Group’s policies in this area are:

–  in respect of cash balances to ensure that deposits are always held across at least 2 financial institutions; and

–   in respect of trade receivables, the client or prospective client’s credit risk is assessed at the commencement of any

new  project  with  payment  terms  agreed  which  are  appropriate.  Regular  receivable  reports  are  provided  to  senior

management and in addition credit insurance is maintained as appropriate for a number of trade receivable balances.

The table below shows the credit rating and balance of the six major counterparties at the balance sheet date:

Counterparty

Current Rating

(Moody’s)

31 December

2023

Balance

£000

31 December

2022

Balance

£000

Bank A A3 14,811 12,261

Bank B A3 10,284 7,345

Bank C Aa3 4,868 6,171

29,963 25,777

Customer A A2 1,349 –

Customer B A1 847 12

Customer C Baa3 731 10

2,927 22

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance

for all trade receivables.

To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables and accrued income have been grouped based on shared credit risk

characteristics and the days past due.

The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of sales over a period of 36 months before 31 December 2023 and the

corresponding historical credit losses experienced within this period. The historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and

forwardlooking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the receivables.

The contract assets relate to unbilled WIP and have substantially the same risk characteristics as the trade receivables for the

same type of contracts. The Group has therefore concluded that the expected loss rates for trade receivables are a reasonable

approximation of the loss rates for contract assets.

The gross trade receivables amount included within the loss allowance calculation has been adjusted for elements which carry no

expected credit loss; this being the upfront annual licence fees.

Where the Company holds intercompany loan amounts due from fellow group subsidiaries, IFRS 9 requires the measurement of

expected credit losses. These loans were determined to be stage 1 intercompany loans for the purposes of the IFRS 9 impairment

model and consequently a twelve month expected credit loss was calculated.

On that basis, the loss allowance for trade receivables and contract assets as at 31 December 2023 for the Group was calculated

as follows (2022: £421,000):

Group

Not past due

£000

Less than

one month

overdue

£000

One to two

months

overdue

£000

Two to three

months

overdue

£000

More than

three months

overdue

£000

Total

£000

Expected loss rate 1% 5% 10% 15% 20%

Net carrying amount – trade receivables and contract

assets 2,225 1,781 727 860 227 5,820

Amounts subject to loss allowance 2,225 1,781 727 860 227 5,820

Specific loss allowance – – – – – –

Loss allowance 22 89 73 129 45 358

Total

22 89 73 129 45 358

\* Net carrying amount excludes the value of annual software fees.

The loss allowance for the Company was calculated as being £nil (2022: £nil).

Trade receivables are written off where there is no reasonable expectation of recovery.

![Graphics]()

97

#### (d) Liquidity risk

The Group’s major liquidity exposures arise from the need to settle its trade, employee and taxation liabilities as they fall due.

Whilst the Group is comfortably able to finance all of these payments out of operating cash flows, policies are in place to further

limit exposure to liquidity risk:

–  surplus cash is never deposited for maturities of longer than 110 days; and

–  uncommitted facilities will be entered into to support any specific expansion opportunities that arise.

Management  monitors  forecasts  of  the  Group’s  liquidity  reserve  on  the  basis  of  expected  cash  flow.  The  Group’s  liquidity

management policy involves projecting cash flows in major currencies and considering the level of liquid assets necessary to meet

these.

The  table  below  analyses  the  Group’s  financial  liabilities  and  net-settled  derivative  financial  liabilities  into  relevant  maturity

groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the

table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows including interest.

Group

Carrying

amount

£000

Less than

1 year

£000

Between

1 and 2 years

£000

Between

2 and 5 years

£000

After

5 years

£000

Total

£000

At 31 December 2023

Borrowings 8,389  1,525 7,418 – – 8,943

Capital lease obligations 3,014  538 799 1,198 906 3,441

Trade and other payables 7,684  7,684 – – – 7,684

19,087  9,747 8,217 1,198 906 20,068

Carrying

amount

£000

Less than

1 year

£000

Between

1 and 2 years

£000

Between

2 and 5 years

£000

After

5 years

£000

Total

£000

At 31 December 2022

Borrowings 9,597  1,569 1,525 7,568 – 10,662

Capital lease obligations 3,749  642 914 1,370 1,387 4,313

Trade and other payables 7,212  7,212 – – – 7,212

20,558  9,423 2,439 8,938 1,387 22,187

Company

Carrying

amount

£000

Less than

1 year

£000

Between

1 and 2 years

£000

Between

2 and 5 years

£000

Total

£000

At 31 December 2023

Borrowings 8,389  1,525 7,418 – 8,943

Trade and other payables 14,882  14,882 – – 14,882

23,271  16,407 7,418 – 23,825

Carrying

amount

£000

Less than

1 year

£000

Between

1 and 2 years

£000

Between

2 and 5 years

£000

Total

£000

At 31 December 2022

Borrowings 9,597  1,569 1,525 7,568 10,662

Trade and other payables 14,982  14,982 – – 14,982

24,579  16,551 1,525 7,568 25,644

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

98

The table below analyses  the  Group’s derivative financial instruments  which  will be settled  on  a gross basis into  the  relevant

maturity groups based on the remaining period at the balance sheet to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in

the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

Less than

1 year

£000

Between

1 and 2 years

£000

Between

2 and 5 years

£000

At 31 December 2023

Forward foreign exchange contracts

– cash flow hedges

Outflow (13,624) – –

Inflow 14,246 – –

Interest rate swap

– cash flow hedges

Outflow (275) (230) –

Inflow 586 489 –

933 259 –

Less than

1 year

£000

Between

1 and 2 years

£000

Between

2 and 5 years

£000

At 31 December 2022

Forward foreign exchange contracts

– cash flow hedges

Outflow (13,045) – –

Inflow 13,716 – –

Interest rate swap

– cash flow hedges

Outflow (319) (655) –

Inflow 467 960 –

819 305 –

#### Fair value estimation

#### Financial instruments not measured at fair value

Financial instruments not measured at fair value includes cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, trade and other

payables, and loans and borrowings (including capitalised lease obligations), however, due to their short term nature and ability

to be liquidated at short notice their carrying value approximates their fair value.

#### Financial instruments measured at fair value

The fair value hierarchy of the financial instruments measures at fair value is provided below.

Level 2

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Financial Assets

Derivative financial assets (designated hedge instruments)

1,141 1,339

1,141 1,339

The derivative financial assets and liabilities have been valued using the market approach, using actual market transactions for

similar assets and liabilities, which are considered to be Level 2 inputs. There were no changes to the valuation techniques used in

the year. There were no transfers between levels during the year.

![Graphics]()

99

#### Capital risk management

The Group’s capital is considered by the Board to be the equity of the Company’s shareholders and includes the Group’s tangible

and  intangible  fixed  assets  and  cash  and  debt  balances.  The  Group’s  objectives  when  managing  capital  are  to  safeguard  the

Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders

and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the

Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to

reduce debt.

Aptitude Software Group plc manage the capital structure based on the economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the

Group. The Board reviews the capital structure regularly. No changes were made to our objectives and processes during 2023.

Our general funding policy is to raise long term debt when required to meet the anticipated requirements of the Group. Details of

the Group’s existing loan facility is provided in note 19 to the financial statements.

#### CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

#### Accounting judgments

#### (a) Recognition of revenue

The policy for the recognition of software licences, maintenance and subscription fees is detailed on pages 86 to 89.

Assessment of performance obligations

For  Annual  Licence  Fees,  the  Group  determines  for  each  contract  whether  ongoing  contractual  software  maintenance  and

subscription fees represent a performance obligation that is distinct from the licence. For all existing contracts, it is determined

that the ongoing contractual obligations form part of a combined performance obligation with the software licence. This is through

the customer simultaneously receiving the benefit of accessing and utilising the software from inception of the contract across the

period due to the need for the software to adapt over time to the changing needs and complexities of the regulatory environment.

For product specific consultancy, the Group also concludes for each contract as to whether this represents a separate, distinct

performance obligation from the licence. For all existing contracts, the services being provided met the criteria of being a separate,

distinct performance obligation on the basis that contractually the customer could choose to purchase the services elsewhere

without significantly affecting the promises included in the licence and maintenance agreement.

How the combined performance obligation should be recognised

Once  the  Group  concludes  on  the  revenue  recognition  profile,  the  business  determines  on  a  contract  by  contract  basis  the

period over which the revenues are recognised. This period is defined as the optimisation period and represents the duration of

time assessed by management during which the most significant optimisation and functional enhancements of the software is

undertaken. Where the optimisation period for a client is assessed by management as being greater than the initial term of the

contract, the revenues recognised across the minimum term are equal to the total value of the contract.

Revenue recognition constraint

During the period from the Group initially licencing its software to the product being deployed into a live client environment,

an ongoing assessment is performed by management on a contract by contract basis to determine if sufficient challenges exist

that would cast doubt over future economic benefits being realised by the business. Where such challenges exist, the revenue

recognised across the period is constrained to the value of any amount invoiced and paid prior to the end of the reporting date,

with this being assessed as the consideration during the period up to deployment. Once the software is deployed, the amount

of revenue recognised is adjusted so that it is proportional to the Group’s development effort to date against the total expected

development hours to be incurred across the contract period.

Product specific consultancy deferral

For any implementation service contract where the client is contracting on a time and materials basis, an assessment is made

by management at the year-end of the expected amount of any additional consultancy effort to be provided to satisfy certain

contractual  obligations  without  incremental  charge.  Where  such  effort  is  anticipated,  an  accompanying  deferral  is  calculated

based on the value of this time if charged to the client and is recognised through the deferral of revenues.

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

100

#### (b) Impairment of goodwill

Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash generating units to which goodwill

has been allocated. The judgement is in relation to the allocation to a single CGU. The Group has determined that it has only one

cash generating unit at the year end, this being the Aptitude business.

This determination was made with reference to the following principal factors:

•  Information provided to management and the Board utilised to assess the performance of the business and make decisions

is done on a consolidated Group basis;

•  Key management personnel are compensated based on the performance of the business as a whole;

•  Operating and capital budgets are only approved or modified by management based on financial information for the business

as a whole;

•  Clients are serviced across the Group’s global offices meaning each regions cash inflows and assets are not independent from

other regions; and

•  Clients often purchase one or more of the Group’s highly complementary and integrated products as part of an all-in price

removing any possibility to accurately determine the recoverable amount on each. Consequently, the products’ cash inflows

and assets are not independent from other products.

#### (c) Impairment of other intangibles

The Group also assesses annually any indicators that other intangible assets might be impaired. The impairment tests are based

on value-in-use calculations on a similar basis to that used in the impairment of Goodwill calculation and is therefore subject to

the same estimates by management.

Impairments recognised during the year are performed against the carrying value of other intangible assets. The impairment is

recognised in the income statement in the period which it is deemed to arise.

#### (d) Impairment of investments

The Group has also carried out an impairment review on the value of investments held in the Company. Where the investment is

held in a company which has an ongoing trade, the value is derived by a value in use calculation of the cash generating units. This

is done on a similar basis to that used in the impairment of goodwill calculation as detailed above and is therefore subject to the

same estimates by management. Where the investment is held in a company which is no longer trading, the value is derived from

the carrying value of the net assets on the balance sheet of that entity.

#### (e) Development costs

The  Group  invests  on  a  continual  basis  in  the  development  of  new  and  enhanced  features  in  the  product  suite.  There  is  a

continual process of enhancements to and expansion of the overall product suite with judgement required in assessing whether

the development  costs  meet  the  criteria  for  capitalisation. These  judgements  have  been  applied consistently  year  to  year.  In

making this judgement, the Group evaluates, amongst other factors, whether there are future  economic  benefits  beyond the

current period, the stage at which technical feasibility has been achieved, management’s intention to complete and use or sell

the product, the likelihood of success, availability of technical and financial resources to complete the development phase and

management’s ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the project.

Judgement is therefore required in determining the practice for capitalising development costs. The accounting policy for research

and product development is detailed on page 90 and in the  current year there are no development expenses that have been

capitalised (2022: £nil). The  total  product management, research and  development  expenditure in the period  is  £17.8 million

(2022: £17.0 million).

Given the challenges surrounding the complexity of underlying software development issues and the competitive nature of the

markets in which we operate, technical feasibility and future probability of development has only been satisfied once the product

is deployed into a live client environment. Accordingly, these development costs have not been capitalised.

Costs which are incurred after the general release of internally generated software, or costs which are incurred in order to enhance

existing products by way of minor or major upgrades, or other changes in software functionality, do not satisfy the criteria in order

to capitalise. Such expenditure is therefore recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred and included within

research and development expense in the income statement.

![Graphics]()

101

#### (f) Contingent liabilities

The Group reviews any potential claims, if applicable, to assess if there are any possible obligations, as it has yet to be confirmed

whether  the  entity  has  a  present  obligation,  or  any  present  obligations  of  which  it  is  either  not  probable  that  an  outflow  of

resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, or a sufficiently reliable estimate of the amount

of the obligation cannot be made. Where any of these conditions are met, a contingent liability is disclosed (see Note 32).

#### (g) Taxation

Deferred tax assets and liabilities require management judgement in determining the amount to be recognised.

In particular, judgement is used when assessing the extent to which deferred tax assets should be recognised with consideration

given to the timing and level of future taxable income.

#### (h) Impairment of receivables

The Group assesses the recoverability of receivables and measures expected credit losses as at the balance sheet date. Where

the Group assess an expected credit loss, an allowance is made to the receivable and recognised in the income statement (see

Note 16).

#### Accounting estimates

#### (a) Recognition of revenue

Method of recognising revenue

Where the software licence and maintenance fees meet the criteria of a combined performance obligation, the Group determines

for each contract the most appropriate method of recognising revenue in line with development activity related to the relevant

product. Measurement of the development activity is completed by way of the input method, with management providing an

initial estimate of the overall expected development hours to be incurred across the period. This estimate is then reviewed against

actual hours incurred at the end of each reporting period.

The estimation  of  the development  activity, principally  the  number of  hours anticipated  to  be incurred,  impacts all  customer

contracts and therefore as at 31 December 2023, the deferred income balance of £31.5 million (2022: £29.6 million) and accrued

income balance £0.4 million (2022: £1.1 million) have been calculated pursuant to estimates. Sensitivity analysis was performed

with management considering the impact of a 5% proportional movement in the estimated development effort and determined

that in all cases, with all other variables being held constant, the impact on the assets and liabilities presented across both periods

was not material.

Product specific consultancy deferral

As outlined with the accounting judgments applied to the recognition of revenue, management make a deferral of revenue at

the year-end of the expected amount of any additional consultancy effort to be provided to satisfy certain contractual obligations

without  incremental  charge.  Where  such  effort  is  anticipated,  management  estimate  the  amount  required  along  with  the

accompanying value of this time if charged to the client. The estimate for 2023 is £1,023,000 (2022: £662,000). Sensitivity analysis

was performed with management considering the impact of a 5% proportional movement in the estimated consultancy effort and

determined that in all cases the impact on the assets and liabilities presented across both periods was not material.

#### (b) Taxation

Income tax

The actual tax the Group pays on its profits is determined according to complex tax laws and regulations. Where the effect of

these laws and regulations is unclear, judgements and estimates are used in determining the liability for the tax to be paid on past

profits which are then recognised in the financial statements. The Group believes the estimates, assumptions and judgements are

reasonable but this can involve complex issues which may take a number of years to resolve. The final determination of prior year

tax liabilities could be different from the estimates reflected in the financial statements and may result in the recognition of an

additional tax expense or tax credit in the income statement.

USA sales and use tax

The Group continues to review its liability to tax its supplies in a number of states following changes in the interpretation and

application of sales tax regulations in the USA. Whilst for the majority of states this review has been concluded, the Group still

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

102

considers that there is risk, that some elements of its supplies in a few remaining states would have been subject to sales tax in

previous periods. Consequently, the Group holds a provision totalling £0.7 million (2022: £0.3 million) at the year-end equating to

the potential historic sales tax liability the business is exposed to as a result of the risk of non-recoverability from its clients who

will bear these costs going forwards. The value of this provision has been determined based on management’s estimate of which

supplies it believes are captured by the regulation, which clients we have a risk of non-recoverability from and over what historic

period this provision should be held against.

Sensitivity  analysis  was  performed  with  management  considering  the  impact  of  a  reasonable  proportional  movement  in  the

estimates applied and determined that in all cases the impact on the assets and liabilities presented across both periods was not

material.

#### (c) Impairment of goodwill

The value in use calculation  requires  the  Group  to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise from the cash generating

unit and a suitable discount rate in order to calculate present value. The  discount  rate  applied  in the value in use calculation

approximates to the Group’s Weighted Average Cost of Capital.

The Group annually reviews the goodwill valuation based on various scenarios and each of these scenarios have different growth

rate assumptions.  The  growth rate  assumptions  are in  relation  to periods  covered  by Board  approved  plans. Details  of  these

scenarios, growth rate assumptions and sensitivities are provided in note 10.

Impairment reviews during the year are performed against the carrying value of goodwill. The impairment is recognised in the

income statements in the period which it is deemed to arise.

![Graphics]()

103

Financial Statements

1.  Segmental Information

#### Business segments

The Board has determined the operating segments based on the reports it receives from management to make strategic

decisions.

The reports from management consist of one segment, the Aptitude business. Therefore, the only business segment for

both periods was Aptitude and therefore no segmental analysis is provided for this or the corresponding period.

The principal activity of the Group throughout 2022 and 2023 was the provision of business-critical software and services.

#### (a) Geographical segments

The Group has two geographical segments for reporting purposes, the United Kingdom and the Rest of the World.

The following table provides an analysis of the Group’s sales by origin and by destination along with the profit before tax.

Sales revenue by origin Sales revenue by destination Profit before income tax

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

United Kingdom 41,087 39,329 11,747 15,809 3,518 76

Rest of World 33,598 35,065 62,938 58,585 1,522 3,129

74,685 74,394 74,685 74,394 5,040 3,205

The following is an analysis of the carrying amount of non-current assets (excluding deferred and income tax assets), and

additions to property, plant and equipment (excluding right-of-use asset additions resulting from property lease agreements)

and intangible assets, analysed by the geographical area in which the assets are located.

Carrying amount of

non-current assets Capital expenditure

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

United Kingdom 54,525 57,414 65 349

Rest of World 14,720 16,122 536 482

69,245 73,536 601 831

The Company’s business is to invest in its subsidiaries and, therefore, it operates in a single segment.

![Graphics]()

104

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

2.  Revenue from contracts with customers

#### (a) Analysis of revenue from contracts with customers

The Group derives revenue from the transfer of goods and services in the following major product lines and geographical

regions:

#### Continuing operations

Recurring revenue Non-recurring revenue

Year ended 31 Dec 23

United

Kingdom

£000

Rest of World

£000

Total

£000

United

Kingdom

£000

Rest of World

£000

Total

£000

Total

£000

Revenue from external

customers

9,537 43,833 53,370 2,210 19,105 21,315 74,685

Recurring revenue Non-recurring revenue

Year ended 31 Dec 22

United

Kingdom

£000

Rest of World

£000

Total

£000

United

Kingdom

£000

Rest of World

£000

Total

£000

Total

£000

Revenue from external

customers 11,393 39,141 50,534 4,416 19,444 23,860 74,394

All of the revenue displayed in the above table is recognised over time in line with the Group’s accounting policy detailed on

pages 99 to 101 and has been generated from contracts with customers.

For recurring revenue, the Group typically receives payment for its licence and maintenance fees annually in advance of the

performance obligations being satisfied. Non-recurring revenue is paid as and when either the services have been provided

or, in the case of fixed price projects in line with the payment schedule.

During both periods presented the Group had no customers whose revenue represented an amount equal to or exceeding

10% of total revenue.

#### (b) Assets and liabilities related to contracts with customers

The Group has recognised assets and liabilities relating to contracts with customers. These amounts are classified as accrued

and deferred income respectively for the purposes of this report and are displayed within notes 16 and 20.

#### (i) Significant movements in accrued and deferred income

Accrued income has decreased against the prior year to £396,000 at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: £1,114,000)

due to timing differences on when the software or service was provided against when it has been invoiced to the customer.

Deferred income has increased in the year to £31.5 million (31 December 2022: £29.6 million). The movement is due to the

growth in recurring revenues during the year which has caused an uplift in the value of Annual License and subscription

fee invoices issued during 2023 in excess of that recognised. Further, a small number of material invoices for new business

contracts signed in the final weeks of 2022 were not issued until 2023.

#### (ii) Revenue recognised in relation to deferred income

The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to the release of the

carried-forward deferred income balance on 31 December of the previous period:

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Revenue recognised that was included in the deferred income balance at 31 December of the previous period 26,913 29,025

![Graphics]()

105

2.  Revenue from contracts with customers (continued)

#### (iii) Revenue yet to be recognised on long-term contracts

The following table details the value of future contracted revenue resulting from the Group’s fixed price long term software

and services contracts which is yet to be recognised in the income statement due to the relevant contractual performance

obligations not being satisfied before the year end. These amounts are set to be recognised in the Group’s income statement

across  the  period  1  January  2024  to  31  December  2029  on  a  contract  by  contract  basis  as  and  when  the  performance

obligations are met:

Group

As at

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

As at

31 Dec 2022

£000

Aggregate amount of future contracted revenue in relation to long-term software and service contracts that is not

recognised in the income statement as at 31 December 80,956 87,097

Group

As at

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

As at

31 Dec 2022

£000

Revenue to be recognised in the Group’s income statement:

Within one year 40,716 36,019

Within two to five years 39,890 50,934

After five years 350 144

80,956 87,097

All other software and service contracts are billed based on time incurred. As permitted under IFRS 15, these amounts have

been excluded for the purposes of the above calculation given the variable nature.

#### (iv) Assets recognised from costs to fulfil a contract

In addition to the contract balances disclosed above, the Group has also recognised an asset in relation to the commission

costs of obtaining a contract. This is amortised on a straight-line basis over the optimisation period assessed by management

and presented within other long-term assets in the balance sheet. See further details on the optimisation period within the

revenue recognition policy.

Group

As at

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

As at

31 Dec 2022

£000

Asset recognised from costs incurred to fulfil a contract at 31 December 1,016 1,307

Amortisation recognised as cost of providing services during the year from continuing operations 653 572

![Graphics]()

106

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 3 Operating profit

The following items are included in operating costs:

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Employee benefit expense (note 4) 44,592 45,622

Depreciation 1,049 1,132

Other operating costs 19,318 20,133

64,959 66,887

Non-underlying operating costs:

Amortisation of intangibles 3,381 3,382

Acquisition and associated reorganisation costs 1,060 440

4,441 3,822

69,400 70,709

The acquisition  and  associated  reorganisation costs  are  in  relation  to  the  continued integration  of  MPP  Global  into  the

Group, which was completed in the year.

Profit from continuing operations has been arrived at after charging:

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Net foreign exchange (losses)/gains (535) 64

Research and development costs 17,843 17,031

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 1,049 1,137

Repairs and maintenance expenditure on property, plant and equipment 248 240

Low value or short term rental expense 550 218

Gain on disposal of right-of-use asset 51 –

During the year the Group obtained the following services from the Group’s auditors at costs as detailed below:

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Fees payable to Company’s auditors for the audit of the Parent Company and consolidated financial statements 140 130

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and its associates for other services:

– the audit of Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 115 101

255 231

A description of the work of the Audit Committee is included in the corporate governance statement on pages 35 to 38 and

includes an explanation of how auditor objectivity and independence is safeguarded when non-audit services are provided

by the auditors. No non-audit services were provided in the current or prior year.

![Graphics]()

107

#### 4 Employees and directors

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Company

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Employee benefit expense during the year

Wages and salaries 40,574 40,440 420 752

Social security costs 2,622 3,229 66 134

Other pension costs 1,271 1,258 5 25

Share based payment costs on share options 125 695 (173) 37

44,592 45,622 318 948

Average monthly number of employees (including directors) for the Group and Company:

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

Number

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

Number

Company

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

Number

Company

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

Number

By location:

United Kingdom 154 182 5 7

Rest of World 346 316 – –

500 498 5 7

Group headcount at 31 December 2023 was 472 (2022: 527).

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Key management compensation:

Short-term employee benefits 2,204 2,473

Social security costs 220 316

Post employment benefits 87 85

Share based payment costs on share options 218 429

2,729 3,303

Key management compensation for the Group includes the Board of the Company and senior executives within the Group.

All bonuses are accrued for at year end and remain unpaid at the date of the accounts. Details can be found in the Directors’

Remuneration  Statement  on  pages  40  to  44.  Share  based  payment  costs  for  key  management  personnel  relate  to  the

number of options held at year end.

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Directors

Short-term employee benefits 928 1,129

Social security costs 112 160

Post employment benefits 31 32

Share based payment costs on share options 66 213

1,137 1,534

Average monthly number of Directors and senior executives in respect of continuing operations were 11 (2022: 10). The key

management figures given above include the Directors of Aptitude Software Group plc.

The information on Directors’ remuneration required by the Companies Act and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct

Authority is contained in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 45 to 60. Amounts displayed throughout the tables

above exclude the impact of long term incentive awards and Deferred Bonus Plan awards which have either been exercised

in the year or have vested but are yet to be exercised.

![Graphics]()

108

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 5 Net finance cost

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Finance income

Interest on bank deposits 282 18

282 18

Finance cost

Interest payable on bank borrowings (316) (350)

Interest payable on capital lease obligations (129) (124)

Amortisation of loan arrangement fee (82) (24)

(527) (498)

Net finance cost (245) (480)

#### 6 Income tax expense

Analysis of charge in the year

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Current tax:

– tax charge on underlying items (2,463) (1,051)

– adjustment to tax in respect of prior periods on underlying items (241) (344)

Total current tax (2,704) (1,395)

Deferred tax (note 15):

– tax credit/(charge) on underlying items 951 (111)

– tax credit on non-underlying items 871 871

– adjustment to tax in respect of prior periods on underlying items (33) 25

Total deferred tax 1,789 785

Income tax expense (915) (610)

The net adjustment to tax in respect of prior periods on underlying items totalling £274,000 (2022: £319,000) relates to the

reduction in the assumed benefit from research and development relief in the UK.

UK corporation tax is calculated at 23.5% (2022: 19%) of the estimated assessable profit for the year. Taxation for other

jurisdictions is calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective jurisdictions.

UK corporation tax rates substantively enacted as part of the March 2021 Bill included an increase of the rate to 25% from

1 April 2023.

![Graphics]()

109

#### 6 Income tax expense (continued)

The tax for the year is lower than (2022: lower than) the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 23.5% (2022: 19%).

The differences are explained below:

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Profit before tax 5,040 3,205

Tax at the UK corporation tax rate of 23.5% (2022: 19%) (1,185) (610)

Effects of:

Adjustment to tax in respect of prior periods (274) (319)

Adjustment in respect of foreign tax rates 62 (138)

Non-underlying expenses not deductible for tax purposes (138) (45)

Other 166 (303)

Research and development tax relief 226 561

Recognition of tax losses not recognised as a deferred tax asset 190 214

Change in future tax rates 38 30

Total taxation (915) (610)

The  total  tax  charge  of  £915,000  (2022:  £610,000)  represents  18.2%  (2022:  19.0%)  of  the  Group  profit  before  tax  of

£5,040,000 (2022: £3,205,000).

After adjusting for the impact of non-underlying items, change in tax rates, share based payment charge and prior year tax

charge, the tax charge for the year of £1,702,000 (2022: £1,375,000) represents 17.95% (2022: 19.57%), which is the tax rate

used for calculating the adjusted earnings per share.

Tax losses are not recognised as a deferred tax asset when there is no available evidence that future taxable profits will be

generated for which the deferred tax asset can be utilised against.

![Graphics]()

110

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 7 Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average

number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of

all dilutive potential ordinary shares. The Group has dilutive potential ordinary shares in the form of share options granted to

employees where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year.

The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Year ended 31 Dec 2023 Year ended 31 Dec 2022

Earnings

£000

Weighted

average

number of

shares

(in thousands)

Per-share

amount

pence

Earnings

£000

Weighted

average

number of

shares

(in thousands)

Per-share

amount

pence

Basic EPS

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders 4,125 57,338 7.2 2,595 57,288 4.5

Effect of dilutive securities:

– share options – 670 (0.1) – 819 (0.0)

Diluted EPS 4,125 58,008 7.1 2,595 58,107 4.5

To provide an indication of the underlying operating performance per share the adjusted profit after tax figure shown below

excludes non-underlying and other items and has a tax charge using the effective rate of 17.95% (2022: 19.57%).

Year ended 31 Dec 2023 Year ended 31 Dec 2022

Basic EPS

pence

Diluted EPS

pence

Basic EPS

pence

Diluted EPS

pence

Earnings per share 7.2 7.1 4.5 4.5

Non-underlying items net of tax 6.2 6.2 5.2 5.1

Prior years’ tax charge 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6

Recognition of tax losses (0.3) (0.3) (0.4) (0.4)

Adjusted earnings per share 13.6 13.5 9.9 9.8

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Profit before tax and non-underlying items 9,481 7,027

Tax charge at a rate of 17.95% (2022: 19.57%) (1,702) (1,375)

7,779 5,652

Prior years’ tax charge (274) (320)

Non-underlying items net of tax (3,570) (2,951)

Recognition of tax losses 190 214

Profit on ordinary activities after tax 4,125 2,595

![Graphics]()

111

#### 8 Dividends

2023

pence

per share

2022

pence

per share

2023

£000

2022

£000

Dividends paid:

Interim dividend 1.80 1.80 1,032 1,032

Final dividend (prior year) 3.603.602,064 2,061

5.40 5.40 3,096 3,093

Proposed but not recognised as a liability:

Final dividend (current year)

3.603.602,0642,064

The  proposed  final  dividend  was  approved  by  the  Board  on  20  March  2024  but  was  not  included  as  a  liability  as  at

31 December 2023, in accordance with IAS 10 ‘Events after the Balance Sheet date’. If approved by the shareholders at the

Annual General Meeting this final dividend will be payable on 14 June 2024 to shareholders on the register at the close of

business on 24 May 2024.

#### 9 Property, plant and equipment including right-of-use assets

Right-of-use

assets

£000

Leasehold

improvements

£000

Plant &

machinery

£000

Fixtures &

fittings

£000

Total

£000

Group

Cost

At 1 January 2023 4,614 621 5,383 494 11,112

Additions – – 601 – 601

Transfers (489) (214) 214 489 –

Disposals (616) – (729) – (1,345)

Exchange movements (106) 6 117 2 19

At 31 December 2023 3,403 413 5,586 985 10,387

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2023 1,504 168 3,917 420 6,009

Charge for the year (note 3) 435 5 522 87 1,049

Transfers (694) 220 624 (150) –

Disposals (499) – (729) – (1,228)

Exchange movements (4) 4 73 – 73

At 31 December 2023 742 397 4,407 357 5,903

Net book amount

At 31 December 2023 2,661 16 1,179 628 4,484

![Graphics]()

112

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 9 Property, plant and equipment including right-of-use assets (continued)

Right-of-use

assets

£000

Leasehold

improvements

£000

Plant &

machinery

£000

Fixtures &

fittings

£000

Total

£000

Group

Cost

At 1 January 2022 6,334 621 4,539 440 11,934

Additions 829 – 766 65 1,660

Disposals (2,549) – (75) (11) (2,635)

Exchange movements – – 153 – 153

At 31 December 2022 4,614 621 5,383 494 11,112

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2022 3,555 77 3,718 323 7,673

Charge for the year (note 3) 498 91 443 100 1,132

Disposals (2,549) – (75) (3) (2,627)

Exchange movements – – (169) – (169)

At 31 December 2022 1,504 168 3,917 420 6,009

Net book amount

At 31 December 2022 3,110 453 1,466 74 5,103

All the Group’s right-of-use assets relate to the capital lease agreements for various office spaces.

Plant &

machinery

£000

Total

£000

Company

Cost

At 1 January 2023 452 452

Additions 19 19

At 31 December 2023 471 471

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2023 437 437

Charge for the year 10 10

At 31 December 2023 447 447

Net book amount

At 31 December 2023 24 24

Plant &

machinery

£000

Total

£000

Company

Cost

At 1 January 2022 441 441

Additions 11 11

At 31 December 2022 452 452

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2022 428 428

Charge for the year 9 9

At 31 December 2022 437 437

Net book amount

At 31 December 2022 15 15

![Graphics]()

113

#### 10 Goodwill

31 Dec 2023

£000

31 Dec 2022

£000

Cost

At 1 January 46,006 46,006

At 31 December 46,006 46,006

Net book amount 46,006 46,006

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash generating units (CGUs) that are expected

to benefit from that business combination. The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated as follows:

Aptitude

£000

Total

£000

At 1 January and 31 December 2023 46,006 46,006

The  Group  tests  goodwill  annually  for  impairment,  or  more  frequently  if  there  are  indications  that  goodwill  might  be

impaired.

The group is a single CGU and determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the value in use of the

CGU to which all goodwill has been allocated. The value in use calculation requires the Group to estimate the future cash

flows expected to arise from the CGU and a suitable discount rate in order to calculate present value.

For the  purposes of  performing the  goodwill impairment  review, the  Group  have  utilised  the  Board  approved  plans  for

the three-year period to 31st December 2026 followed by anticipated growth in operating  profit  of  10%  per annum for

the period  2027-2028.  The growth  rates  and assumptions  applied were  based  on the  Group’s assessment of  the future

opportunities within the market, with no change in working capital assumptions and the existing loan to be repaid in full on

termination date.

In determining the values, management have utilised Board approved plans and market consensus data.

The terminal growth rates for the period after 2028 are no greater than 2.25% (2022: 2.25%) per annum. The utilisation of

deferred tax losses to offset the tax payable has not been considered. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash

flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the current market assessments of

the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. The discount rate applied to the CGU was 13.9% (2022: 13.5%).

Sensitivity analysis was performed on the business with a 10% proportional movement in any combination of the assumptions

not resulting in an impairment.

![Graphics]()

114

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 11 Intangible assets

Software IPR

£000

Customer

relationships

£000

Total

£000

Group

Cost

At 1 January 2023 17,872 10,869 28,741

At 31 December 2023 17,872 10,869 28,741

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2023 4,644 2,977 7,621

Amortisation 2,109 1,272 3,381

At 31 December 2023 6,753 4,249 11,002

Net book amount

At 31 December 2023 11,119 6,620 17,739

Software IPR

£000

Customer

relationships

£000

Total

£000

Group

Cost

At 1 January 2022 17,872 10,869 28,741

At 31 December 2022 17,872 10,869 28,741

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2022 2,535 1,704 4,239

Amortisation 2,109 1,273 3,382

At 31 December 2022 4,644 2,977 7,621

Net book amount

At 31 December 2022 13,228 7,892 21,120

The Company held no intangible assets during the year (2022: £nil).

The  externally  acquired  software  intellectual  property  rights  (IPR)  relates  to  expected  future  benefits  of  software  and

development projects in progress at the date of acquisition of the Group's subsidiaries. As at 31 December 2023 no internal

research and development costs have been capitalised. The client relationships relate to expected benefits to be obtained

from recurring levels of business from clients obtained as a result of acquisitions. The useful lives of the intangible assets

acquired as part of the acquisition of Revstream in 2017 have been determined as 10 years in respect of both software IPR

and customer relationships (2022: 10 years). The useful lives of the intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition of

MPP Global in 2021 have been determined as 8 years in respect of both software IPR and customer relationships (2022:

8  years).  At  31  December  2023,  the  carrying  value  of  the  intangible  assets  in  relation  to  Revstream  is  £3,102,000.  The

carrying value of the intangible assets in relation to MPP Global is £14,637,000.

The amortisation charge in the year is shown in non-underlying costs.

![Graphics]()

115

#### 12 Investments in subsidiaries

The Group did not hold any investments in 2023 (2022: nil).

2023

£000

2022

£000

Company

Cost

At 1 January 97,460 96,788

Share based payments – share options granted to employees of subsidiaries 298 672

At 31 December

97,758 97,460

Impairment

At 1 January and 31 December 28,950 28,950

Net book amount

At 31 December 68,808 68,510

Investments are held at cost less provisions for impairment. If there is an impairment trigger then the recoverable amounts

of the investments are determined by calculating a value in use for the appropriate subsidiary investment. Management

estimates discount rates using pre–tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the

risks specific to the subsidiary investments.

Where the investment is held in a company which is no longer trading, the value is derived from the carrying value of the net

assets on the balance sheet of that entity.

The Directors consider the value of the investments to be supported by their underlying assets and consider there to be no

indicators of impairment.

Subsidiaries Country Activity

Aptitude Software (Canada) Limited \* Canada Employment and Group Services

Aptitude Software Inc.\* USA Software and Services

Aptitude Software Limited England & Wales Software and Services

Aptitude Software (Poland) sp. z o.o.\* Poland Development

Aptitude Software (Singapore) pte. Limited Singapore Software and Services

Aptitude Revstream Inc.\* USA Software and Services

MPP Global Solutions Limited England & Wales Software and Services

MPP Global Solutions Inc\* USA Software and Services

MPP Global Solutions kk\* Japan Software and Services

\*  Indirectly held by Aptitude Software Group plc

As at 31 December 2023, the Company owns 100% of the ordinary share capital in the above subsidiaries.

The registered office of the group’s principal subsidiaries which is not that of the Company are detailed below:

Subsidiary Registered office

Aptitude Software (Canada) Limited 1055 West Georgia Street, Suite 1500 Royal Centre, PO Box 11117, Vancouver, British Columbia,

V6E 4N7, Canada

Aptitude Software Inc CT Corporation System, 111 8th Avenue, New York, 10011

Aptitude Software (Poland) sp. z o.o. ul. Muchoborska 6, 54-424 Wroclaw, Poland

Aptitude Software (Singapore) pte. Limited 600 North Bridge Road, 23-01 Parkway Square, Singapore (188778)

Aptitude RevStream Inc. Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle Delaware, 19801

MPP Global Solutions Inc CT Corporation System, 111 8th Avenue, New York, 10011

MPP Global Solutions kk Tobu Bidg 6F, 6 Chrome-28-9 Jingumae, Shibuya, Tokyo 150-0001

![Graphics]()

116

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 13 Other long-term assets

Group

2023

£000

Group

2022

£000

Prepaid commission costs 1,016 1,307

Per  IFRS  15,  the  Group’s  assessment  is  that  commission  incurred  on  software  licence  sales  meets  the  definition  of

incremental costs of obtaining a contract. An asset is therefore recognised at inception of the contract for the total value of

commissions payable which is then amortised across the optimisation period assessed for each customer. Further detail on

the optimisation period can be found in the Group’s revenue recognition policy detailed on pages 86 to 89.

The Company held no other long term assets during the year (2022: £nil).

#### 14 Income tax assets

As at 31 December 2023, the Group has income tax assets totalling £1,037,000 (2022: £1,352,000), all of which is expected

to be  recovered within  12  months.  These  amounts are  in  relation  to  recoverable corporation  tax  from  the  relevant  tax

authorities for offset against future tax instalments.

#### 15 Deferred tax

Deferred tax is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method using a tax rate of 25% (2022: 25% for

all balances unless recoverable before 1 April 2023). USA deferred tax is calculated using an effective rate of 27% being made

up of 21% federal and 6% state tax (2022: 27% made up of 21% federal and 6% state tax).

Deferred tax

Group

2023

£’000

Group

2022

£’000

Company

2023

£’000

Company

2022

£’000

Deferred tax

– Deferred tax assets 1,379 423 – –

– Deferred tax liabilities (4,967) (5,724) (84) (116)

Deferred tax (liability) (3,588) (5,301) (84) (116)

Net deferred tax (liability)/asset

Group

2023

£’000

Group

2022

£’000

Company

2023

£’000

Company

2022

£’000

At 1 January (5,301) (5,696) (116) 147

Underlying items credit/(charge) to income statement for the year 913 (116) (57) (28)

Non-underlying deferred tax credit to the income statement for the year 871 871 – –

(Charge)/credit to equity (note 26) (66) (137) 17 (55)

Charge to other comprehensive income (note 25) 50 (335) – (203)

Exchange differences (93) 82 – –

Changes in tax rate 38 30 2 23

At 31 December (3,588) (5,301) (154) (116)

![Graphics]()

117

#### 15 Deferred tax (continued)

Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of taxable losses and other temporary differences giving rise to deferred

tax assets where it is probable that these assets will be recovered. The exception related to temporary differences in relation

to investments in subsidiaries of £23.3m has been applied. At 31 December 2023, the Group had unused tax losses totalling

£1,029,000 available for offset against future profits. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of the losses due

to the unpredictability of future profit streams.

Deferred tax asset

Short term

timing

differences

£000

Share-based

payments

£000

Total

£000

Group

At 1 January 2022 527 317 844

Underlying items credit/(charge) to income statement for the year (176) 8 (168)

Charge to equity (note 26) – (137) (137)

Changes in tax rate 72 11 83

At 31 December 2022 423 199 622

Underlying items credit to income statement for the year 781 3 784

Charge to equity (note 26) – (66) (66)

Changes in tax rate 39 – 39

At 31 December 2023 1,243 136 1,379

Deferred tax liability arising on cash flow hedges, acquisitions of intangible fixed assets and accelerated depreciation:

Deferred tax liability

Accelerated

depreciation

£000

Intangible

fixed assets

£000

Cash flow

hedges

£000

Total

£000

Group

At 1 January 2022 (180) (6,360) – (6,540)

Non-underlying deferred tax credit to the income statement for the year – 871 – 871

Underlying items credit to income statement for the year 79 – – 79

Charge to other comprehensive income (note 25) – – (335) (335)

Change in tax rate 2 – – 2

At 31 December 2022 (99) (5,489) (335) (5,923)

Non-underlying deferred tax credit to the income statement for the year – 871 –  871

Underlying items credit to income statement for the year 36 – – 36

Credit to other comprehensive income (note 25) – –  50 50

Change in tax rate (1) – – (1)

At 31 December 2023 (64) (4,618) (285) (4,967)

![Graphics]()

118

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 15 Deferred tax (continued)

Accelerated

capital

allowances

£000

Short term

timing

differences

£000

Share-based

payments

£000

Cash flow

hedge

Total

£000

Company

At 1 January 2022 41 4 102 – 147

Total (charge) to income statement for the year (7) – (21) – (28)

Change in tax rate 23 – – – 23

(Charge) to equity (note 26) – – (55) – (55)

Charge to other comprehensive income (note 25) –  –  –  (203) (203)

At 31 December 2022 57 4 26 (203) (116)

Total (charge) to income statement for the year (9) (4) (44) – (57)

Change in tax rate 2 – – – 2

Credit to equity (note 26) – – 17 –  17

Credit to other comprehensive income (note 25) –   – –  70 70

At 31 December 2023 50 – (1) (133) (84)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention

to settle the balances net.

Explanation of the movements in the year is provided on page 117.

#### 16 Trade and other receivables

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

31 Dec 2022

£000

Company

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

31 Dec 2022

£000

Trade receivables 10,678 10,091 – –

Less: provision for impairment of receivables (358) (421) – –

Trade receivables – net 10,320 9,670 – –

Other receivables 14 – 45 –

Prepayments 1,796 1,513 503 452

Accrued income 396 1,114 – –

12,526 12,297 548 452

Within the trade receivables balance of £10,678,000 (2022: £10,091,000) there are balances totalling  £5,036,000 (2022:

£4,057,000) which, at 31 December 2023, were overdue for payment. Of this balance £3,612,000 (2022: £2,841,000) has

been collected at 18 March 2024 (2022: 17 March 2023). The ageing of the trade receivables is as follows:

The ageing of the trade receivables is as follows:

Trade receivables

31 Dec 2023

£000

31 Dec 2022

£000

Not past due 5,642 6,034

Past due

Less than one month overdue 1,620 1,484

One to two months overdue 1,099 1,479

Two to three months overdue 1,217 352

More than three months overdue 1,100 742

At 31 December 10,678 10,091

The Company had no trade receivables in either year.

![Graphics]()

119

#### 16 Trade and other receivables (continued)

Trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

31 Dec 2022

£000

Company

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

31 Dec 2022

£000

Sterling 7,206 5,415 548 452

United States Dollars 5,167 6,683 – –

Other 153 199 – –

12,526 12,297 548 452

Movements on the provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

31 Dec 2022

£000

At 1 January 421 21

Charged to income statement 302 35

Specific provision (365) 365

At 31 December 358 421

Movements  in  the  provision  for  impaired  trade  receivables  have  been  included  in  the  income  statement  under  other

operating costs. £365,000 was written off as unrecoverable to the income statement during the year (2022: £nil).

Non–trade receivables do not contain any impaired assets.

#### 17 Financial instruments

At the balance sheet date, the fair value of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts and the interest rate swap are:

31 Dec 2023 31 Dec 2022

Group

Assets

£000

Liabilities

£000

Assets

£000

Liabilities

£000

Interest rate swaps - cash flow hedges 534 –  812 –

Forward foreign exchange contracts - cash flow hedges 607 –  527 –

1,141 – 1,339 –

31 Dec 2023 31 Dec 2022

Company

Assets

£000

Liabilities

£000

Assets

£000

Liabilities

£000

Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges 534 –  812 –

534 – 812 –

#### Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

The maximum exposure  to  credit risk at  the  reporting date is the  fair value of the  derivative assets in the  consolidated

statement of financial position.

![Graphics]()

120

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 17 Financial instruments (continued)

#### Currency derivatives

As in previous years, forward foreign exchange contracts are used to hedge a proportion of the Group’s forecast Polish Zloty

denominated costs over the next 12 months. The forward exchange contracts mature across the year.

The notional principal amounts outstanding at the balance sheet date are as follows:

31 Dec 2023

£000

31 Dec 2022

£000

Forward foreign exchange contracts – Polish Zloty 13,624 13,045

There  is  an  economic  relationship  between the  hedged  items  and  the  hedging  instruments  as  the  terms  of  the  foreign

exchange contracts match the terms of highly probable forecast transactions (i.e. notional amount and expected payment

date). The Group has established a hedge ratio of 1:1 for the hedging relationships as the underlying risk of the foreign

exchange contracts are identical to the hedged risk components. To test hedge effectiveness, the Group uses the hypothetical

derivative method and compares the changes in the fair value of the hedging instruments against the changes in the fair

value of the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks.

In these hedge relationships, the main sources of ineffectiveness are:

•  Differences in the timing of the cash flows of the hedged items and the hedging instruments

•  Different  indices  (and  accordingly  different  curves)  linked  to  the  hedged  risk  of  the  hedged  items  and  hedging

instruments

•  The counterparties’ credit risk differently impacting the fair value movements of the hedging instruments and hedged

items

•  Changes to the forecasted amount of cash flows of hedged items and hedging instruments.

At 31 December 2023, the fair value of the Group’s interest rate derivatives is estimated to be an asset of approximately

£607,000 (2022: £527,000), based on quoted market values.

The forward contracts are designated as effective as cash flow hedges in accordance with IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’. The

fair value has been recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity.

Derivatives designated in hedging relationships at 31 December 2023:

Maturity

Polish Zloty (highly probable forecast purchase) 1-6 months 6-12 months Total

Notional amount (£000)

6,654  6,970  13,624

Average GBP:Zloty contract value

5.32 5.17 5.24

Change in discounted spot value of outstanding hedging instruments since inception of the hedge (£000) 545

Change in value of hedged item for outstanding hedging instruments (£000) 10

Derivatives designated in hedging relationships at 31 December 2022:

Maturity

Polish Zloty (highly probable forecast purchase) 1-6 months 6-12 months Total

Notional amount (£000) 6,798 6,247 13,045

Average GBP:Zloty contract value 5.59 5.62 5.60

The ineffectiveness recognised in the income statement for the year ending 31 December 2023 was £nil (2022: £43,000).

The amount recycled to the income statement in respect of contracts that matured in 2023 was a gain of £941,000 (2022:

loss of £187,000).

The effective fair value gain from hedging recognised in other comprehensive income during the year ending 31 December

2023 was £1,021,000 (2022: gain of £604,000).

![Graphics]()

121

#### 17 Financial instruments (continued)

#### Interest rate swap

The Group and Company entered into floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge the fair value interest rate risk arising

where it has borrowed at floating rates.

There is an  economic  relationship between the  hedged  items and the  hedging  instruments as the  terms of the interest

rate swap contract match the terms of highly probable forecast transactions (i.e. notional amount and expected payment

date). The Group has established a hedge ratio of 1:1 for the hedging relationships as the underlying risk of the interest rate

swap contract are identical to the hedged risk components. To test hedge effectiveness, the Group uses the hypothetical

derivative method and compares the changes in the fair value of the hedging instruments against the changes in the fair

value of the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks.

At 31 December 2023, the fair value of the Group’s interest rate derivatives is estimated to be an asset of approximately

£534,000 (2022: £812,000) based on discounting the expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates and are based

on market prices at the balance sheet date.

The interest rate swap is designated as an effective cash flow hedge in accordance with IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’. The

change in fair value of the hedging instrument since the start of the year was £23,000 and has been recognised in other

comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity.

Derivatives designated in hedging relationships at 31 December 2023:

Fixed to floating

Maturity

Floating to fixed

Maturity

Less than

1 year

Between 1 and

2 years Total

Less than

1 year

Between 1 and

2 years Total

Notional amount (£000) 1,250 7,188 8,438 1,250 7,188 8,438

Weighted average hedged rate SONIA + 1.75% SONIA + 1.75% 2.95% 2.95%

The change in value of the hedged item used to determine hedge effectiveness in the year was £1,250,000. The ineffectiveness

recognised in the income statement for the year ending 31 December 2023 was £nil (2022: £nil).

The effective fair value gain from hedging recognised in other comprehensive income during the year ending 31 December

2023 was £23,000 (2022: £841,000 gain).

#### Fair values of non-derivative financial assets and financial liabilities

Where  market  values  are  not  available,  fair  values  of  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  have  been  calculated  by

discounting expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates and by applying year-end exchange rates.

31 Dec 2023 31 Dec 2022

Note

Book value

£000

Fair value

£000

Book value

£000

Fair value

£000

Group

Cash at bank and in hand 18 34,085 34,085 29,245 29,245

31 Dec 2023 31 Dec 2022

Note

Book value

£000

Fair value

£000

Book value

£000

Fair value

£000

Company

Cash at bank and in hand 18 22,951 22,951 14,340 14,340

The carrying amount of borrowings, short term payables and receivables, net of impairment, is equal to their fair value.

Neither the Group or the Company defaulted on any loans during the year. In addition the Group and Company did not

breach the terms of any loan agreements during the year.

![Graphics]()

122

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 17 Financial instruments (continued)

#### Credit quality of financial assets

The credit quality of financial assets can be assessed by reference to the customer type.

Group

2023

£000

2022

£000

Trade receivables

Banks and financial institutions 3,284 1,641

Other corporates 2,358 4,393

Total current trade receivables 5,642 6,034

Banks and financial institutions 542 888

Other corporates 4,494 3,169

Overdue trade receivables 5,036 4,057

Total trade receivables 10,678 10,091

#### Cash at bank and short-term bank deposits

Current Rating

(Moody’s)

2023

£000

2022

£000

A3 29,121 22,666

Aa3 4,868 6,468

Aa1 96 111

34,085 29,245

None of the financial assets that are fully performing have been renegotiated in the last year.

#### 18 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

31 Dec 2022

£000

Company

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

31 Dec 2022

£000

Sterling 23,815 15,525 22,951 14,340

United States Dollar 8,821 13,112 – –

Euros 356 212 – –

Canadian Dollar 798 285 – –

Polish Zloty 259 44 – –

Singapore Dollar 29 49 – –

Japanese Yen 7 18 – –

Cash at bank and in hand 34,085 29,245 22,951 14,340

The effective interest rate on short term deposits was 1.1% (2022: 0.0%).

![Graphics]()

123

#### 19 Financial liabilities

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

31 Dec 2022

£000

Company

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

31 Dec 2022

£000

Bank loan 8,389 9,597 8,389 9,597

The borrowings are repayable as follows:

Within one year 1,250 1,250 1,250 1,250

In the second year 7,188 8,438 7,188 8,438

In the third to fifth years inclusive – – – –

8,438 9,688 8,438 9,688

Unamortised prepaid facility arrangement fees (49) (91) (49) (91)

As at 31 December 8,389 9,597 8,389 9,597

On 15 October 2021, the Group and Company entered into a loan agreement with Bank of Ireland consisting of a £10 million

term loan in addition to a revolving credit facility of £10 million. The loan is secured on all the assets of the Group. Operating

covenants are limited to the Group’s net debt leverage of 2.0 : 1 and interest cover of 4.0 : 1. At 31 December 2023, the

Group's net debt leverage was -3.7 : 1 and interest cover was 16.5 : 1. The term loan is repayable over three years with an

initial 12-month repayment holiday followed by annual capital repayments of £1,250,000. The term loan contains two one-

year extension options, one of which was exercised during the year. The Group's current intention is to exercise the second

extension option in the next year. At the end of the term, a bullet payment for the remaining balance of the loan is due. The

loan is denominated in Pound Sterling and carries interest at SONIA plus 1.75%. The Group entered into an interest swap on

2 November 2021, effectively fixing the interest rate at 2.95% over the term of the loan.

#### 20 Trade and other payables

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

31 Dec 2022

£000

Company

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

31 Dec 2022

£000

Trade payables 482 826 11 63

Amounts owed to group undertakings – – 14,135 14,330

Other tax and social security payable 1,614 1,370 – –

Other payables 168 204 – –

Accruals 7,034 6,183 736 589

Deferred income 31,475 29,563 – –

40,773 38,146 14,882 14,982

The amounts owed to group undertakings are unsecured, interest free and repayable upon demand.

Deferred income has increased in the year to £31.5 million (31 December 2022: £29.6 million). The movement is due to the

growth in recurring revenues during the year which has caused an uplift in the value of Annual License and subscription fee

invoices issued during 2023 in excess of that recognised.

The  Company  borrowed  £1,273,000  from  group  undertakings  during  the  year  (2022:  borrowed  £1,247,000  from  group

undertakings) representing the movement on the net amount owed to or from group undertakings from the start of the

year to the year end. These amounts are detailed in both note 16 and the table above with the cash impact incorporating

non-cash  movements  totalling  £12,500,000  (2022:  £nil).  Gross  borrowings  during  the  year  totalled  £71,037,000  net  of

£69,764,000 payments (2022: borrowings of £59,184,000 net of £57,937,000 payments). The movements in the year are in

relation to the Group’s treasury arrangements.

![Graphics]()

124

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 21 Capital lease obligations

The Group leases various offices and plant and machinery which, following the adoption of IFRS 16, met the criteria set out

to be recognised as capital lease agreements

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

31 Dec 2022

£000

Amounts payable under capital lease arrangements:

Within one year 538 642

Within two to five years 1,997 2,284

After five years 906 1,387

Total 3,441 4,313

Less: future finance charges (427) (564)

Present value of lease obligations 3,014 3,749

Less: Amount due for settlement within 12 months (shown under current liabilities) (426) (553)

As at 31 December 2,588 3,196

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

31 Dec 2022

£000

The present value of financial lease liabilities is split as follows:

Within one year 426 553

Within two to five years 1,728 1,897

After five years 860 1,299

3,014 3,749

The Company had no capital lease obligations during the year (2022: nil).

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

31 Dec 2022

£000

Liability as at 1 January 3,749 3,050

Additions – 830

Interest 129 123

De-recognition (168) –

Foreign exchange (162) 151

Repayments (534) (405)

Liability as at 31 December 3,014 3,749

Total cash outflows from all leases totalled £1,084,000 (2022: £716,000), of which £550,000 (2022: £311,000) related to

short term or low value leases. These amounts are displayed within the cash flows from operating activities in the statement

of cash flows.

![Graphics]()

125

#### 22 Provisions

Provisions

31 Dec 2023

£000

31 Dec 2022

£000

Group

At 1 January 316 379

Charged/(released) to income statement 158 (76)

Utilised in the period (114)   –

Foreign exchange 8 13

At 31 December 368 316

Provisions have been analysed between current and non-current as follows:

Provisions

31 Dec 2023

£000

31 Dec 2022

£000

Current 100 114

Non-current 268 202

368 316

£288,000 (2022: £273,000) of the total provision at 31 December 2023 of £368,000 (2022: £316,000) relates to the cost of

dilapidations in respect of its occupied leasehold premises.

All of the non-current provision is expected to unwind within 2 to 5 years (2022: 2 to 5 years).

![Graphics]()

126

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 23 Share capital

31 Dec 2023 31 Dec 2022

Number £000 Number £000

Group and company

Ordinary shares of 7 1/3p each

Issued and fully paid:

At 1 January 57,337,611 4,204 57,199,448 4,194

Issued under share option schemes – – 138,163 10

Equity consideration on acquisition – – – –

At 31 December 57,337,611 4,204 57,337,611 4,204

The  number  of  ordinary  shares  for  which  Aptitude  employees  hold  options  and  the  period  to  which  the  options  are

exercisable are as follows (note 29):

Period

Year of

grant

Exercise

price

2023

Number

2022

Number

Between 30 August 2023 and 10 August 2028 2018 6 3/7p – 28,431

Between 12 March 2022 and 10 August 2029 2019 7 1/3p 36,797 63,842

Between 12 March 2024 and 10 August 2029 2019 7 1/3p 39,525 3,572

Between 1 November 2022 and 1 May 2023 2019 590.0p – 2,623

Between 1 November 2022 and 1 May 2023 2019 600.0p – 64,678

Between 12 March 2022 and 10 August 2029 2020 7 1/3p – 179,000

Between 12 March 2024 and 10 August 2029 2020 7 1/3p – 123,669

Between 1 November 2023 and 1 May 2024 2020 460.0p 148,178 221,357

Between 1 November 2023 and 1 May 2024 2020 446.0p 12,508 40,058

Between 12 March 2023 and 10 August 2030 2021 7 1/3p 140,267 207,076

Between 12 March 2025 and 10 August 2030 2021 7 1/3p – 98,610

Between 1 November 2024 and 1 May 2025 2021 692.0p 1,222 10,671

Between 1 November 2024 and 1 May 2025 2021 700.0p 44,747 61,720

Between 22 November 2025 and 22 May 2032 2022 7 1/3p 282,960 460,351

Between 22 November 2027 and 22 May 2032 2022 7 1/3p – 164,893

Between 1 December 2025 and 1 May 2026 2022 372.5p 39,198 118,761

Between 1 December 2025 and 1 May 2026 2022 335.0p 298,154 465,798

Between 5 September 2026 and 5 September 2033 2023 7 1/3p 361,685 –

Between 5 September 2028 and 5 September 2035 2023 7 1/3p 74,660 –

Between 1 December 2026 and 1 May 2027 2023 236.0p 140,694 –

Between 1 December 2026 and 1 May 2027 2023 280.0p 713,370 –

2,333,965 2,315,110

#### 24 Share premium account

2023

£000

2022

£000

Group and Company

At 1 January 11,959 11,946

Premium on shares issued during the year under the share option schemes – 13

At 31 December 11,959 11,959

The total net proceeds from the issuance of shares during the year was £nil (2022: £23,000) with £nil (2022: £10,000) of

this being recognised within share capital, being the nominal value of shares issued. The remaining amount represents the

premium on issue which is detailed in the table above.

![Graphics]()

127

#### 25 Other reserves

Derivatives

hedge

reserve

£000

Merger

reserve

£000

Employee

benefit

trust reserve

£000

Total

£000

Group

At 1 January 2022 (293) 34,195 – 33,902

Cash flow hedges

Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement 187 – – 187

Gain on effective cash flow hedges 1,445 –  –  1,445

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges (335) – – (335)

At 31 December 2022 1,004 34,195 – 35,199

Cash flow hedges

Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement (1,242) – – (1,242)

Gain on effective cash flow hedges 1,044 – – 1,044

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 50 – – 50

Transfer on exercise of options – – 124 124

Purchase of own shares –  –  (186) (186)

At 31 December 2023 856 34,195 (62) 34,989

Derivatives

hedge

reserve

£000

Merger

reserve

£000

Employee

benefit

trust reserve

£000

Total

£000

Company

Cash flow hedges

At 1 January 2022 (29) 17,398 – 17,369

Gain on effective cash flow hedges 812 – – 812

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges (203) – – (203)

At 31 December 2022 580 17,398 – 17,978

Cash flow hedges

Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement (302) – – (302)

Gain on effective cash flow hedges 23 – – 23

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 70 – – 70

Transfer on exercise of options – – 124 124

Purchase of own shares –  –  (186) (186)

At 31 December 2023

371 17,398 (62) 17,707

![Graphics]()

128

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 26 (Accumulated losses)/retained earnings

Group

£000

Company

£000

At 1 January 2022 (3,346) 18,116

Profit for the year 2,595 (791)

Share options – value of employee service (note 30) 695 695

Deferred tax on share options (note 15) (137) (55)

Dividends paid (note 8) (3,093) (3,093)

At 31 December 2022 (3,286) 14,872

Profit for the year 4,125 12,053

Share options – value of employee service (note 29) 125 73

Issue of shares (151) (151)

Deferred tax on share options (note 15) (66) 17

Dividends paid (note 8) (3,096) (3,096)

At 31 December 2023 (2,349) 23,768

The  profit  for  the  financial  year  dealt  with  in  the  financial  statements  of  the  Company  was  £12,053,000  (2022:  loss  of

£791,000).  As  permitted  by  Section  408  of  the  Companies  Act  2006,  no  separate  income  statement  or  statement  of

comprehensive income is presented in respect of the Company.

Of the Company’s £23,768,000 retained earnings, £21,122,000 (2022: £12,998,000) is distributable to shareholders following

adjustment for the cumulative impact of share options value of service through reserves.

#### 27 Cash flows from operating activities

Reconciliation of profit before tax to net cash generated from operations:

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Company

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

Year ended

31 Dec 2022

£000

Profit before tax for the period 5,040 3,205 12,053 (791)

Adjustments for:

Depreciation 1,049 1,132 10 9

Amortisation 3,381 3,382 – –

Share-based payment expense 125 695 (173) 22

Finance income (282) (18) (273) (18)

Finance costs 527 498 315 375

Changes in working capital:

Decrease/(increase) in receivables 63 (1,485) (96) (157)

Increase/(decrease) in payables 2,042 (2,137) 95 (643)

Cash generated from/(used in) operations 11,945 5,272 11,931 (1,203)

#### 28 Commitments

The Group and Company have no commitments other than short term leases or a lease of low-value asset during the year

(2022: £nil).

![Graphics]()

129

#### 29 Share based payments

#### Performance Share Plan (PSP)

Under the 2016 Performance Share Plan (PSP), the Remuneration Committee is allowed to grant conditional allocations of

par value options in the Company to key executives. The contractual life of an option is 10 years. The PSP is considered a

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) award.

334,684 options were granted on 6 September 2023 (2022: 629,518 awards granted). The performance conditions are in line

with those described for the executive Directors on page 52.

The inputs inserted into the Monte Carlo Pricing model for the options granted in 2023 are detailed below.

Item Value

Exercise price 7 1/3p

Expected volatility 40.00%

Dividend yield 1.88%

Risk-free interest rate 4.81%

Share price at grant date 287p

For the calculation of the expected volatility, historical share price volatility was used as a guide over a commensurate period

to the expected term of awards.

At the year end there were 43 (2022: 53) employees currently participating in the scheme. Exercise of an option is subject

to continued employment.

Details of the share options outstanding under the PSP during the year are as follows:

2023 2022

Number

Weighted

average

exercise

price Number

Weighted

average

exercise

price

Outstanding at 1 January 1,329,444 7.25p 1,084,463 7.25p

Granted 334,684 7 1/3p 629,518 7 1/3p

Exercised (32,283) 6.43p (134,902) 6.43p

Lapsed (842,982) 7 1/3p (249,635) 7 1/3p

Outstanding at 31 December 788,863 7.23p 1,329,444 7.25p

Vested and exercisable at 31 December 177,064 7 1/3p 3,572 7 1/3p

32,283 (2022: 134,902) PSP share options were exercised in 2023. The weighted average share price at the date of exercise

for share options exercised during 2023 under the Share Option Plans was 346p (2022: 317p).

The options outstanding at the end of the year have an expected weighted average remaining contractual life of 8.47 years

(2022: 9.66 years).

No options have expired during the periods covered by the above tables.

![Graphics]()

130

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 29 Share based payments (continued)

#### Share Option Plans

The Group has set up several Share Option Plans, under which the Remuneration Committee can grant options over shares

in the Company to employees of the Group. Options are granted with a fixed exercise price equal to the market price of the

shares under option at the date of grant. The contractual life of an option is 3.5 years. Following the introduction of a new

sharesave scheme in 2018, 313 employees (2022: 272) currently participate in these Plans.

Options granted under the Share Option Plans will become exercisable on the third anniversary of the date of grant, subject

to specific criteria being met.

Exercise of an option is subject to continued employment.

Details of the share options outstanding under the Share Option Plans during the year are as follows:

2023 2022

Number

Weighted

average

exercise

price Number

Weighted

average

exercise

price

Outstanding at 1 January 985,666 397.02p 660,550 505.58p

Granted 891,125 272.16p 589,932 342.55p

Exercised – 00.00p (3,261) 416.92p

Lapsed (478,720) 421.41p (261,555) 548.11p

Outstanding at 31 December 1,398,071 309.09p 985,666 397.02p

Exercisable at 31 December 160,686 458.91p 67,301 599.61p

The inputs inserted into the Black Scholes Pricing model for the options granted in 2023 are detailed below.

Value

Item UK International

Exercise price 236p 280p

Expected volatility 39.30% 39.30%

Dividend yield 1.91% 1.91%

Risk-free interest rate 4.60% 4.60%

Expected cancellation rate 5% 5%

For the calculation of the expected volatility, historical share price volatility was used as a guide over a commensurate period

to the expected term of awards.

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year under the Share Option

Plans was £nil (2022: 509.0p).

The options outstanding at the end of the year have an expected weighted average remaining contractual life of 2.68 years

(2022: 3.63 years).

No options have expired during the periods covered by the above tables.

![Graphics]()

131

#### 29 Share based payments (continued)

#### Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)

During  the  year,  the  Group  issued  Restricted  Stock  Units  (RSUs),  under  which  the  Remuneration  Committee  can  grant

options over shares in the Company to employees of the Group. Options are granted with a fixed exercise price equal to the

market price of the shares under option at the date of grant. The contractual life of an option is 3 years.

Options granted as Restricted Stock Units will become exercisable on the third anniversary of the date of grant, subject to

specific criteria being met.

Exercise of an option is subject to continued employment.

Details of the share options outstanding under the Share Option Plans during the year are as follows:

2023

Number

Weighted

average

exercise

price

Outstanding at 1 January –

Granted 156,954 7 1/3p

Lapsed (9,923) 7 1/3p

Outstanding at 31 December 147,031 7 1/3p

Exercisable at 31 December –

The inputs inserted into the Black Scholes Pricing model for the options granted in 2023 are detailed below.

Value

Exercise price 7 1/3p

Expected volatility 40.00%

Dividend yield 1.88%

Risk-free interest rate 4.81%

For the calculation of the expected volatility, historical share price volatility was used as a guide over a commensurate period

to the expected term of awards.

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year under the RSU Plans

was £nil (2022: £nil).

The options outstanding at the end of the year have an expected weighted average remaining contractual life of 9.69 years

(2022: nil years).

The  Group  recognised  total  expenses  of  £125,000  (2022:  £695,000)  related  to  equity-settled  share-based  payment

transactions during the year. After deferred tax, the total charge in the income statement was £128,000 (2022: £617,000).

There was a deferred tax charge of £63,000 (2022: charge of £137,000) taken directly to equity.

The Company recognised a credit of £173,000 (2022: expenses of £22,000) related to equity-settled share-based payment

transactions during the year. After deferred tax, the total credit in the income statement was £129,000 (2022: charge of

£8,000). There was a deferred tax credit of £17,000 (2022: deferred tax charge of £55,000) taken directly to equity.

![Graphics]()

132

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 30 Retirement benefit schemes

The Group operates defined contribution retirement benefit plans for qualifying employees in the UK. The assets of the

plans are held separately from those of the Group in funds under the control of trustees.

The Group also operates defined contribution retirement benefit plans for its overseas employees with contributions up to

6% of basic salary.

The total expense in the  income  statement of £1,271,000 (2022: £1,258,000) represents contributions  payable  to these

plans by the Group at rates specified in the rules of the plans. As at 31 December 2023, contributions totalling £nil (2022:

£29,000) due in respect of the 2023 reporting year had not been paid over to the plans and were included within accruals.

All amounts were paid over subsequent to the balance sheet date.

#### 31 Related party transactions

#### Group

During the year, the following directors were paid dividends as ordinary shareholders from Aptitude Software Group plc

whilst acting as a director:

Ivan Martin was paid dividends of £12,150. Jeremy Suddards was paid dividends of £934. Philip Wood was paid dividends of

£7,825. Alex Curran was paid dividends of £215.

There were no further related party transactions in the year ended 31 December 2023 (2022: £nil), as defined by International

Accounting Standard No 24 “Related Party Disclosures” other than key management compensation as disclosed in note 4.

#### 32 Contingent liabilities

The Group had no contingent liabilities at 31 December 2023. In 2022, two clients ceased the implementation of the Group’s

products and provided the Group with correspondence terminating their multi-year agreement alleging contractual breaches

by Aptitude and claiming damages. The Group rejected both the purported termination of the two agreements and claim

for damages and notified the clients of the charges due to Aptitude under the minimum terms of their agreements. One

was resolved in the year and the Group maintain their position on the other, therefore no provision has been recognised at

31 December 2023 (2022: £nil).

The Group does not consider a contingent liability in respect of either of the claims at 31 December 2023.

![Graphics]()

### Shareholder Information

133

#### Analysis of share register

#### Ordinary Shares

As at 20 March 2024, the Company had 875 registered holders of ordinary shares. Their shareholdings are analysed below:

Size of shareholding

Number of

shareholders

Percentage of

shareholders

Number of

shares

Percentage of

issued shares

1-1,000 516 59.0 152,924 516

1,001-5,000 184 21.0 429,282 0.7

5,001-50,000 105 12.0 1,678,631 2.9

50,001-500,000 50 5.7 9,722,926 17.0

500,001-above 20 2.3 45,353,848 79.1

Total 875 100% 57,337,611 100%

Shareholder type

Number of

shareholders

Percentage of

shareholders

Number of

shares

Percentage of

issued shares

Institutional shareholders 191 21.9 55,503,267 96.8

Private shareholders 684 78.1 1,834,344 3.2

Total 875 100% 57,337,611 100%

#### Share dealing enquiries

Shareholders’ enquiries regarding shareholdings or dividends should in the first instance be addressed to Link Group.

Link Group - Share Dealing

Central Square,

29 Wellington Street,

Leeds

LS1 4DL.

0371 664 0445 (Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider)

Outside UK +44 (0) 371 664 0445 (Calls outside the United Kingdom are charged at the applicable international rate)

Lines are open Monday - Friday 8am - 4:30pm

Email: info@linksharedeal.com

#### Donate your shares to charity

If you have only a small number of shares which are uneconomical to sell you may wish to donate them to charity free of charge

through ShareGift (Registered Charity10528686).

Find out more at www.sharegift.org.uk or by telephoning 020 7930 3737.

#### Share fraud warning

Share fraud includes scams where investors are called out of the blue and offered shares that often turn out to be worthless or

non-existent, or an inflated price for shares they own. These calls come from fraudsters operating in ‘boiler rooms’ that are mostly

based abroad.

While high profits are promised, those who buy or sell shares in this way usually lose their money.

The  Financial  Conduct  Authority  (FCA)  has  found  most  share  fraud  victims  are  experienced  investors  who  lose  an  average  of

£20,000, with around £200m lost in the UK each year.

![Graphics]()

### Shareholder Information

134

#### Protect yourself

If you are offered unsolicited investment advice, discounted shares, a premium price for shares you own, or free company or

research reports, you should take these steps before handing over any money:

•  Get the name of the person and organisation contacting you.

•  Check the Financial Services Register at http://www.fca.org.uk/ to ensure they are authorised.

•  Use the details on the FCA Register to contact the firm.

•  Call the FCA Consumer Helpline on 0800 111 6768 if there are no contact details on the Register or you are told they are out

of date.

•  Search our list of unauthorised firms and individuals to avoid doing business with.

#### Annual General Meeting of shareholders

We  consider  the  Annual  General  Meeting  of  shareholders  (AGM)  to  be  an  important  event  in  our  calendar  and  a  significant

opportunity to engage with our shareholders. The 2024 AGM will be held at 9:00 a.m. on Tuesday 14 May 2024 at the offices of

Aptitude Software Group plc, 8th Floor, 138 Cheapside, London, EC2V 6BJ. Details are given in a separate notice to shareholders.

A copy of the Notice of Annual General Meeting together with this Annual Report is posted on the Company’s website www.

aptitudesoftware.com. Shareholders are strongly encouraged to vote ahead of the meeting regardless of whether they plan to

attend the AGM in person, to mitigate against the risk of disruptions such as train strikes.

Shareholders are also invited to submit questions ahead of the AGM. Details of how to do this are contained in the Notice of

Annual General Meeting

#### Website

The investor section of the Group’s corporate website, www.aptitidesoftware.com contains a wide range of information including

regulatory news, results announcements, share price information and information about our Board and Committees. It is also

possible to sign up to receive regulatory news relating to Aptitude Software plc alerts by email at www.aptitudesoftware.com/

investor-relations/email-alerts/

![Graphics]()

![Graphics]()

© Aptitude Software Limited 2014 - 2023. All Rights Reser ved. APTITUDE, APTITUDE ACCOUNTING HUB, APTITUDE LEASE ACCOUNTING ENGINE,

REVSTREAM, APTITUDE REVENUE RECOGNITION ENGINE, FYNAPSE and the triangle device are trademarks of Aptitude Software Limited. Aptitude

– U.S. and European Patents Pending and Granted. For more information, please refer to: https:// www.aptitudesoftware.com/

patentsandtrademarks

www.aptitudesoftware.com

## Contact us

London

8th Floor

138 Cheapside,

London, EC2V 6BJ

Tel: 44 (0)20 3687 3200

Singapore

Centennial Tower, Level 17

3 Temasek Avenue

039190 Singapore

Tel: +65 82282403

Boston

Suite 1310

101 Federal Street

Boston, MA 02110

Tel: +1 (857) 201-3432

Wrocław

ul. Muchoborska 6

54-424 Wrocław

Poland

Tel: +48 71 35 83 010

Annual Report 2023